p.i
Essential Korean Reader
Essential Korean Reader offers supplementary reading material for students in the early stages of learning Korean. The readings included have been specially written for heritage students in their second and third semesters or non-heritage students in their third and fourth semesters of study. Students are exposed to interesting cultural topics while expanding their active vocabulary and developing reading and writing skills. The topics covered focus on aspects of modern and traditional Korean life and cultural differences between Korea and the rest of the world. Each reading is supported by pre- and post-reading questions, a glossary of new words and expressions, helpful grammar explanations and exercises. Jaemin Roh is Senior Lecturer in Korean at Boston University. She is the author of multiple Korean language books and Korean learning material published in the US and Japan.
p.iii
Essential Korean Reader
Jaemin Roh
p.iv First published 2018 by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN and by Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business ยฉ 2018 Jaemin Roh The right of Jaemin Roh to be identified as author of this work has been asserted by her in accordance with sections 77 and 78 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Names: Roh, Jaemin, author. Title: Essential Korean reader / by Jaemin Roh. Description: Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon : New York, NY : Routledge, [2017] | Includes bibliographical references and index. Identifiers: LCCN 2016054579| ISBN 9781138188242 (hardback) | ISBN 9781138188259 (pbk.) | ISBN 9781315642598 (ebook) Subjects: LCSH: Korean languageโReaders. | Korean languageโTextbook for foreign speakers. Classification: LCC PL913 .R66 2017 | DDC 495.786/421โdc23 LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2016054579 ISBN: 978-1-138-18824-2 (hbk) ISBN: 978-1-138-18825-9 (pbk) ISBN: 978-1-315-64259-8 (ebk) Typeset in Times New Roman by Swales & Willis Ltd, Exeter, Devon, UK
p.v
Contents
List of figures Preface Acknowledgments Section 1 1 Greetings and handshakes 2 Street foods ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์ 3 โFriendโ in Korean and in English ํ๊ตญ์ด์ ์์ด์ โ์น๊ตฌโ 4 New Yearโs Day ์ค๋ 5 Korean humor ํ๊ตญ์ ์ ๋จธ 6 Seoul ์์ธ 7 College festival ๋ํ ์ถ์ 8 Part-time job ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ 9 Korean women donโt change their names ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ์ด๋ฆ์๋ฐ๊พธ ์ง ์์ต๋๋ค
Section 2 1 Pine tree and magpie ์๋๋ฌด์ ๊น์น 2 Doenjang and Gochujang ๋์ฅ๊ณผ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ 3 Korean โbangโ culture ํ๊ตญ์ โ๋ฐฉโ ๋ฌธํ 4 Harvest Moon Festival ์ถ์ 5 Korean stories: yellow ox and black ox ํ๊ตญ์ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ: ๋๋ ์์ ๊ฒ ์ ์ p.vi
6 Incheon City ์ธ์ฒ 7 Importance of education ๊ต์ก์ ์ค์์ฑ 8 Etiquette in the workplace ์ง์ฅ์์์ ์์ ๋ฒ์ 9 Two kinds of compliments ๋ ์ข ๋ฅ์ ์นญ์ฐฌ Answer keys Grammar index
p.vii
Figures
Section 1 1.1 ๋ฏธํ ์ ์ธ์ฌ 1.2 ๊ณ ๊ฐ ์์ฌ ์ธ์ฌํ๊ธฐ 2.1 ๊ด์ฅ์์ฅ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์ 2.2 ์ด๋ฌต 3.1 ํ๊ตญ ์น๊ตฌ 3.2 ์ผ๊ธฐ ์ฐ๊ธฐ 4.1 ์ธ๋ฐฐ 4.2 ๋ก๊ตญ 5.1 ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ์๋ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค 5.2 ์ฐ์ค์ด ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ 6.1 ๊ฒฝ๋ณต๊ถ 6.2 ํ์ฅ ๋ง์ 7.1 E ๋ํ ์บ ํผ์ค 7.2 K ๋ํ ์บ ํผ์ค 8.1 ์ปคํผ์ ์๋ฐ 8.2 ํ์ฌ ์ธํด 9.1 ์ ํต ๊ฒฐํผ์
9.2 ํผ์ธ ์์ฝ์
Section 2 1.1 ์๋๋ฌด 1.2 ๊น์น 2.1 ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ 2.2 ๋์ฅ์ฐ๊ฐ 2.3 ๋ฉ์ฃผ 3.1 ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ 4.1 ์ฐจ๋ก์ 4.2 ์กํธ 5.1 ๋ฐญ๊ฐ์ด 6.1 ์ธ์ฒ ์ก๋ p.viii
6.2 ์ธ์ฒ ์ฐจ์ด๋ ํ์ด 6.3 ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด 6.4 ๊ฑฐ์ ํด์๋๋ก 6.5 ๊ฐ๋ฆ ๊ฒฝํฌ๋ 6.6 ์ค์ ์ฐ 6.7 ์จ์ฒ 7.1 ์๋ฐ์ ์ง 8.1 ํ๊ตญ ์ง์ฅ 8.2 ํ์ 9.1 ํ๊ตญ ๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ
p.ix
Preface
Structure of the book The book is organized in two sections. Each section is organized in nine chapters and the learner is assumed to master one section in a semester. To master this book, it is assumed to take one year. The nine chapters are organized by difficulty in terms of the sentence length, complexity of the grammar usage and the length of the paragraphs. For example, the length of the main reading text begins with 12 to 13 sentences and appears in a short and simple paragraph but later the length of the texts in the book reach about 20 to 25 sentences that are longer and more complex in a paragraph by the end of Section 2. The themes are carefully chosen in a sequence starting from interesting daily life topics such as greeting conventions or kinds of street food then progressing to more substantial and critical topics such as getting part-time jobs in Korea or how marriage in a society impacts a womanโs name. The structure of each chapter is organized as follows: โข Pre-reading questions: to brainstorm and stimulate learnersโ interest in the topic. โข Reading: a main text to comprehend in the chapter. โข Vocabulary: a list of vocabulary and their English definitions. โข Reading comprehension questions: to check learnerโs comprehension of the reading text. โข Grammar: three to four selective grammar points and their explanations and usages.
โข Grammar practice problems: to check the learnerโs comprehension of the grammar lessons. โข Translation practice: to practice translating English sentences into Korean. โข Additional useful expressions: to introduce relevant expressions and vocabulary to the main topic. โข Short writing assignments: two to three short writing assignments are given for the learner to think more critically; writing assignments are accompanied with a specific direction. Many of them direct the learner to video material on the Internet and ask the learner to respond.
On vocabulary The vocabulary is generally introduced in order of appearance in the main text. The vocabulary list is made based on word frequency and common use. p.x
On grammar and practices The main focus of the book is to enhance learnersโ reading abilities and improve cultural knowledge about Korea. This book does not particularly emphasize grammar lessons. However, it is necessary to practice important grammar points that are introduced in the reading text in order to help learners reach a strong intermediate proficiency level. In this book three to four grammar lessons and associated practices are chosen for each chapter.
About romanization in the book The romanization of Korean words in this book followed the Standardized Romanization Rules maintained by the National Institute of Korean Language, South Korea.
p.xi
Acknowledgments
I would like to first thank all my students enrolled in my beginning and intermediate Korean classes for many years who informed me and helped me to realize their patterns and processes of learning the Korean language. I would like also to express my gratitude to my colleagues in academia who gave me invaluable opinions and feedback during the writing of this book. I cannot thank enough Sam Vale Noya and her Routledge team for their thorough guidance and help. Lastly, I owe my deepest gratitude to my family especially my husband Brian for the steadfast encouragement and support. Without them this book was not possible. Every effort has been made to contact copyright-holders. Please advise the publisher of any errors or omissions, and these will be corrected in subsequent editions.
p.1
Section 1
p.3
Chapter 1 Greetings and handshakes ์ธ์ฌ์ ์ ์
Pre-reading questions 1. Have you met a Korean person? If so, how did you exchange greetings? 2. Have you noticed that greeting conventions are different among countries? 3. What is important in a greeting? What are the conventions that you observed in Korean greetings?
Figure 1.1 ๋ฏธํ ์ ์ธ์ฌ Source: ยฉ imtmphoto/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 1.2 ๊ณ ๊ฐ ์์ฌ ์ธ์ฌํ๊ธฐ Source: ยฉ Tom Wang/Shutterstock.com.
Reading ์ธ์ฌ์ ์ ์ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ด๋ ์๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด์ง ์๊ณ ์ ์๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค. ํ ์ง๋ง ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋๋ถ๋ถ ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด๊ณ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ ๊ณ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋งํฉ๋๋ค. โ์๋ ํ์ญ๋๊น? ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋ ๋ค.โ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์๊ฒ๋ ์ธ์ฌ ํ๋๊ฐ ์ค์ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฌ๋ง์ ํ๋ฉด ์ ์กด๊ฒฝํ๋ ๋ง์์ ๋ณด์ ๋๋ค. ์์นจ์๋ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋งํฉ๋๋ค. โ์์นจ์ ๋์ จ์ต๋๊น?โ โ์๋ ํ ์ฃผ๋ฌด์ จ์ต๋๊น?โ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ๋ ์นํด์ง๋๋ค. ํ๊ต๋ ์ง์ฅ์์ ์ธ์ฌ๋ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ ์์ ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ์ง์ฅ์์๋ ์ธ์ฌํ๋ฉด์ ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด๊ณ ์ ์๋ ๊ฐ์ด ํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ์ ๊ธฐ์ตํ์ธ์! p.4
Vocabulary
* hon. is an abbreviation for honorific. p.5
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์์ด๊ณ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ์ธ์ฌ๋ง์ ํ๋ฉด์ ______________ ๋ง์์ ๋ณด์ ๋๋ค. 4) ํ๊ต๋ ์ง์ฅ์์ ์ธ์ฌ๋ ______________ ์์ ์ ๋๋ค. 2. Given the conversation background, circle the awkward dialogue. a) Background: meeting for the first time A: โ์๋ ํ์ญ๋๊น?โ B: โ์๋ ํ์ญ๋๊น? ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค.โ b) Background: in the morning at work A: โ์์นจ์ ๋์ จ์ต๋๊น?โ B: โ๋ค, ์์นจ ๋์ จ์ต๋๊น?โ
c) Background: to boss Boss: โ์๋ ํ์ธ์?โ You: โ๋ค, ์๋ ํด์.โ 3. Write down the meaning of the following words in English. 1) ์ธ์ฌ:
______________
2) ๋ฐ๊ฐ๋ค:
______________
3) ์ง์ฅ:
______________
4) ์กด๊ฒฝํ๋ค:
______________
5) ์นํด์ง๋ค:
______________ p.6
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ์ง์ฅ โ
โa) ๋ณดํต
2) ์์ โ
โb) ํ๊ต
3) ์์นจ โ
โc) ๋์๋ค
4) ๋๋ถ๋ถ โ
โd) ์กด๊ฒฝ
Grammar 1. [~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค]: common formal sentence ending The most common sentence ending for showing respect to the audience while stating oneโs thoughts or stating facts is [~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค]. [~์ต๋ ๋ค] is used after the word that ends with a consonant except ใน, the past tense modifier ~์~, and after ~๊ฒ . Use [~ใ ๋๋ค] after the word that ends with a vowel or ใน.
p.7
2. [~์ด๋/~๋]: expression of an option or enumeration [~์ด๋/~๋] is an expression for an option, functioning similarly to โeither/orโ in English. It is also sometimes used to enumerate items in a sentence. Use [~์ด๋] after the noun that ends with a consonant and use [~ ๋] after the noun that ends with a vowel.
3. [~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์]: sentence connector for simultaneous actions
[verb + ~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์ + verb phrase] is used when two actions happen simultaneously. In other words, it is used for the situation where one action is taking place while the other action also is taking place. Use [~์ผ๋ฉด์] when you have a consonant ending word except ใน. Use [~๋ฉด์] when you have vowel ending words and the words end with ใน. Letโs look at the examples for each case!
Grammar practice 1. Complete the sentences with using [~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค] endings. (example) ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด๋ค โ ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ ๋๋ค
1) ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ค
โ ___________________________
2) ์ ์๋ฅผ ํ๋ค
โ ___________________________
3) ๋ฐ๊ฐ๋ค
โ ___________________________
4) ์ค์ํ๋ค
โ ___________________________
5) ๋ง๋ค๋ค
โ ___________________________
6) ๋์๋ค
โ ___________________________
7) ์นํด์ง๋ค
โ ___________________________
2. Write the infinitive form of the modified verb. (example) ์๋ ํ์ธ์? โ ์๋ ํ๋ค
1) ์นํด์ง๋๋ค
โ ___________________________
2) ์ฃผ๋ฌด์ญ๋๋ค
โ ___________________________
3) ์กด๊ฒฝํฉ๋๋ค
โ ___________________________
3. Write either [~๋] or [~์ด๋] appropriately in the phrases. 1) ์น๊ตฌ _______ ๋์ p.8
2) ํ๊ต _______ ์ง์ฅ 3) ์ ์๋ _______ ํ์ 4) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋ _______ ์๊ตญ ์ฌ๋ 4. Combine the verbs with the [~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์] sentence connector.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋๋ถ๋ถ ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด๊ณ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค.
1.
: ____________________________________ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์๊ฒ ์ธ์ฌ ํ๋๊ฐ ์ค์ํฉ๋๋ค.
2.
: ____________________________________ 3. ํ๊ตญ์ ์ง์ฅ์์๋ ์ธ์ฌํ๋ฉด์ ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด๊ณ ์ ์๋ ๊ฐ์ด ํฉ๋ ๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: common greetings and polite expressions
p.9
Short writing practice 1: Write about your typical weekday in five sentences using ~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค sentence endings. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
_____________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________ p.10
Short writing practice 2: Using available Internet search engines and video resources, find out more about bowing conventions in Korea. Examples could be easily found on widely available video sharing sites such as YouTube. One example could be a series of videos on YouTube such as a video titled โWhen and how to bow in Korea.โ After viewing this three minute video, write about what you learned about bowing conventions in Korea in five sentences. Donโt forget to write with ~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค sentence endings.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
_________________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________
English translation Reading: bows and shaking hands Americans or British shake hands but do not lowering their heads. But most Koreans lower their heads and bow to greet. And while greeting, Koreans say these phrases: โHello, Iโm glad to see you.โ For Koreans, attitudes of greeting are important. They show respect while they exchange greetings. In the morning, they greet this way: โHave you eaten breakfast?โ โHave you slept well?โ While greeting, people become friendlier with others. At school or at work, greetings are a basic courtesy. At a Korean workplace, people greet with both bowing and shaking hands. Please take care to remember the Korean style greetings!
p.11
Chapter 2 Street foods ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์
Pre-reading questions 1. Have you tried Korean food before? What kinds of food have you tried? 2. Do you know the names of any Korean dishes? List three Korean dishes you know. 3. Is street food popular in your culture? When do you enjoy street foods?
Figure 2.1 ๊ด์ฅ์์ฅ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์ Source: ยฉ T.Dallas/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 2.2 ์ด๋ฌต Source: ยฉ leungchopan/Shutterstock.com.
Reading ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ธธ๋ง๋ค ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ด ๋์ณ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ์์ธ์ ๋ช ๋์ด๋ ์ธ์ฌ๋, ํน์ ๋ถ์ฐ์ ๋จํฌ๋์ ๊ฐ ๋ณด์ จ์ด์? ์ด๋ฐ ๊ณณ์ ์ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ ์ฝ๊ฒ ๋ง๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ข์ํ๋ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์๋ ๋ญ๊ผฌ์น, ๋ก๋ณถ์ด, ์๋, ํธ๋ก, ๋ง๋ ๋ฑ์ด ์์ต๋ ๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ข์ํ๋ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์๋ ๊ณ๋๋นต, ํ๊ธด ๊ฐ์, ํซ๋๊ทธ, ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ๋ฑ์ด ์์ง์. ์ด๋ฐ ๋ง์๋ ์์๋ค์ด ๋ชจ ๋ ๋ค์ํ๊ฒ ํ์ธ๋ค์ ๋๊ธธ์ ๋๋๋ค. ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ ๋ณดํต ์ฃผ์ ์ด ์๋๋ผ ๊ฐ์์ผ๋ก ๋จน์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ์๋ ๊ณ์ ๋ง๋ค ๋ค๋ฅธ ์์๋ค์ด ๋์ต๋๋ค. ๊ณ์ ์์์ผ๋ก ์ฌ๋ฆ์๋ ์์ํ ํฅ๋น์๋ฅผ ๋ง ์ด ๋จน๊ณ ๊ฒจ์ธ์๋ ๋ฐ๋ปํ ์ด๋ฌต์ ๋จน์ง์. ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฐ๋ฉด ๊ผญ ๋ค์ํ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ ๋ง๋ณด์ธ์! p.12
Vocabulary
p.13
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ธธ๋ง๋ค ______________ ์์์ด ๋์ณ ๋ฉ๋ ๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ์ข์ํ๋ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์๋ ______________, ______________, ______________ ๋ฑ์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ์ข์ํ๋ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์๋ ______________, ______________, ______________ ๋ฑ์ด ์์ง์. 4) ๊ฒจ์ธ์๋ ๋ฐ๋ปํ ______________ ์ ๋จน์ต๋๋ค. 2. Write down the meaning of the following words in English. 1) ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ : ______________ 2) ์ฌ๋ฆ : ______________ 3) ์ฃผ์ : ______________ 4) ๋ค๋ฅธ : ______________ 5) ๋ค์ํ : ______________ 6) ๋ฑ : ______________ p.14
3. Write down one or two Korean dishes for each line.
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ๋ช ๋ โ
โ a) ํ๊ตญ์ธ
2) ๊ฐ์ โ
โ b) ์์ธ
3) ๊ณ์ โ
โ c) ๋ง๋
4) ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ โ
โ d) ์ฌ๋ฆ
5. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์๋, ๋ง๋ ๋ฑ์ ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ ๋ณดํต ์ฃผ์์ด ์๋๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ๋จํฌ๋์ ๋ถ์ฐ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ๋ค์ํ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์๋ค์ ํ์ธ์ ๋๊ธธ์ ๋๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ๊ฒจ์ธ์๋ ํซ๋๊ทธ์ ํ๊ธด ๊ฐ์๋ฅผ ๋ง์ด ๋จน์ง์. ( T / F )
Grammar 1. [~์ผ๋ฉด/~๋ฉด] : if~ [~์ผ๋ฉด/~๋ฉด] is used to express the supposition โif.โ Use [~์ผ๋ฉด] when you have a preceding word ending with a consonant or [~์~] or [~๊ฒ ]. Use [~ ๋ฉด] when you have a preceding word ending with a vowel or ending with ใน. Letโs see several more examples using this fairly frequently used form!
p.15
2. [~ใน ์ ์๋ค/~์ ์ ์๋ค]: can [~ใน ์ ์๋ค/~์ ์ ์๋ค] is an expression of oneโs ability or possibility. Notice that there is a space in between the alternation of ใน/์ and ์ in the pattern and yet another space between ์ and the final verb ์๋ค in writing. Use [~ใน ์ ์๋ค] after the word ending with a vowel or ใน. Use [~์ ์ ์๋ค] after the word ending with a consonant except ใน.
3. [~์ด ๋ณด๋ค/~์ ๋ณด๋ค]: try~ (ing) [~์ด ๋ณด๋ค/~์ ๋ณด๋ค] is used in two ways. One is to express oneโs experience and the other is to express that one tries something out. In Korean, similar vowels want to join with other similar kinds of vowels in grammar patterns. This is called a โvowel harmony.โ For example, a bright vowel like [ใ ] wants to meet with another bright vowel [ใ ] in the grammar patterns. Use [~์ ๋ณด๋ค] when there are bright vowels such as [ใ ] or [ใ ] in the stem and use [~์ด ๋ณด๋ค] when there is a dark vowel such as [ใ ] or [ใ ], and all other non-bright vowels in the stem. Notice that there is a space between [์ด/์] alternation and the verb ๋ณด๋ค in writing. The irregular verb ํ๋ค is modified into ํด ๋ณด๋ค.
p.16
4. [~๋ง๋ค]: every~
[~๋ง๋ค] is equivalent to the English โeveryโ expression to indicate something is repeating for an interval of time or space. Use [~๋ง๋ค] after time units such as hours, days, years, seasons, and after space, or distance measurements such as meters, kilometers, yards, or multiple locations such as houses, towns, and so on. Notice that [~๋ง๋ค] is a particle and is attached to the previous word, meaning there is no space between [~๋ง๋ค] and the previous word.
p.17
Grammar practice 1. Combine the two sentences into one using [~์ผ๋ฉด/~๋ฉด] as seen in the example. (example) ๊ฐ๋ค + ์ธ์ ์? โ ๊ฐ๋ฉด ์ธ์ ์?
1) ๋ง์ดํด์ ๋ง๋๋ค + ์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฒ์
โ _____________________________________ 2) ์์์ ๋ง๋ณผ ์ ์๋ค + ์ข๋ค โ _____________________________________ 3) ์์์ ๋ง๋ค๋ค + ์ข๋ค โ _____________________________________ 4) ๋ฐ์๋ค + ์ค์ง ๋ง โ _____________________________________ 2. Write the following sentences into Korean using the ability expression [~ใน ์ ์๋ค/~์ ์ ์๋ค] as shown in the example. (example) ๊ฐ๋ค + ability [~ใน ์ ์๋ค/~์ ์ ์๋ค] โ ๊ฐ ์ ์๋ค
1) ์ค๋ค
โ ___________________________
2) ๋ง๋ค๋ค
โ ___________________________
3) ๋จน๋ค
โ ___________________________
4) ๋ง๋ณด๋ค
โ ___________________________
5) ์๋ค
โ ___________________________
3. Using [~์ด ๋ณด๋ค/~์ ๋ณด๋ค] pattern, create the โtry~ingโ structure as shown in the example. (example) ๊ฐ๋ค โ ๊ฐ ๋ณด๋ค
1) ๋จน๋ค
โ ___________________________ โ ___________________________
2) ๋์ค๋ค 3) ๋ง์๋ค
โ ___________________________
4) ์ข์ํ๋ค
โ ___________________________
5) ์๋ค
โ ___________________________
4. Write the following โeveryโ expressions in Korean. 1) every hour
: ___________________________
2) every 10 days
: ___________________________
3) every winter
: ___________________________
4) every 3 inches
: ___________________________
5) every city
: ___________________________
6) every house
: ___________________________
7) every 40 kilometers
: ___________________________ p.18
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ธธ๋ง๋ค ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ด ๋์ณ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ ๋ณดํต ์ฃผ์์ด ์๋๋ผ ๊ฐ์์ผ๋ก ๋จน์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ์๋ ๊ณ์ ๋ง๋ค ๋ค๋ฅธ ์์๋ค์ด ๋์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: names of popular lunch menu in Korea
p.19
Short writing practice 1: Find an available video clip on YouTube by typing the search term โ๋ช ๋ ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์.โ Watch two to three short videos each lasting for about four to five minutes and write down the name of the food. Try to write three dishes per video.
Short writing practice 2: Is there any popular street food in your culture? For example, many people eat crรชpe for a snack in France or people commonly eat some kind of meat on skewers in China on the streets. If you walk on the streets of New York City, it is not rare to find a cart that sells hot dogs or tacos for a quick snack on the streets. Write two kinds of street food
in your culture and describe their taste and when you would eat them in a full sentence. You could also choose drinks as well as cold and hot snacks. 1. Name of your street food:_________________ Taste:______________ When you eat:__________________ 2. Name of your street food:____________________ Taste:________________ When you eat:__________________ p.20
English translation Reading: street foods In Korea every famous street overflows with street food. Have you been to Myeongdong or Insadong in Seoul or Nampodong in Busan? These places are where you could taste street foods easily. The street foods that are popular among Koreans are grilled chicken on a skewer, spicy rice cakes, stir-fried seasoned blood sausages, sweet pancakes, and dumplings. And the street foods that foreigners like are bread with egg filling, fried potatoes, corn dogs, and ice cream, etc. All these various delicious food catch the eyes of pedestrians. People usually eat street food as snacks and not as main dishes. And there are different kinds of food which appear every season. As for the seasonal food, they eat refreshing red bean shaved ice in summer and warm fish cakes in winter. Please certainly try various street food when you go to Korea!
p.21
Chapter 3 โFriendโ in Korean and in English ํ๊ตญ์ด์ ์์ด์ โ์น๊ตฌโ
Figure 3.1 ํ๊ตญ ์น๊ตฌ Source: ยฉ Dragon Images/Shutterstock.com.
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you have many friends? Who do you call a โfriendโ? 2. Are loyalty and friendship highly valued in your culture? 3. Have you found that a word or a concept is sometimes difficult to translate into another language? If so, give an example.
p.22
Reading ํ๊ตญ์ด์ ์์ด์ โ์น๊ตฌโ ๋๋ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์ ์๋๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ฌธํ์ ๋ ์ต์ํ๋ค. MerriamWebster ์ฌ์ ์์ friend๋ โa person who you like and enjoy being withโ ๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ค. ๋๋ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ฐ๋ฉด์ ํ๊ตญ์ด์์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ ๋ง ์ด ์์ด์ friendํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ ์ค ์์๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ ํ์ค ๊ตญ์ด ๋์ฌ์ ์น์ฌ์ดํธ์์ ์น๊ตฌ์ ๋ป์ ์ฐพ์ ๋ณด์์ ๋, ์ด ๋ ๋ง์ ์๋ก ๋ป์ด ๋ฌ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ๋ง์์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ โ๊ฐ๊น๊ฒ ์ค๋ ์ฌ๊ท ์ฌ๋โ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ค. ์ฆ ํ๊ตญ๋ง โ์น๊ตฌโ๋ ์์ด ๋จ์ด โfriendโ๋ณด๋ค ๋ ๊ฐ๊น๊ณ ๋ ๊น์ ์ฌ ์ด๋ผ๋ ์๋ฏธ์๋ค. ๋ ๊น์ง ๋๋๋ค. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ friend๋ผ๊ณ ํ ๋๋ฐ, ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ทธ๋ ๊ฒ ๋งํ์ง ์๋ ๊ฒ์ ์์๋ค. ๋ ์ฒ์์๋ friend์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ ๊ฐ์ ๋ง์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค. ์ด์ ๋ ๋ ๋ง์ด ์์ง๋ง ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ ์๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ค. (
Vocabulary
)
p.23
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ๋๋ ______________ ์์ ์๋๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ด์์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ ์์ด์ friend ํ๊ณ ______________ ๋ค. 3) ______________ ๋ โ๊ฐ๊น๊ฒ ์ค๋ ์ฌ๊ท ์ฌ๋โ์ด๋ผ๋ ๋ป์ด๋ค. 4) ๋ ______________ ๋๋๋ค. 5) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ฒ์ ๋ง๋๋ ______________ ์น๊ตฌ๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ค. 6) ์ด์ ๋ ๋ ๋ง์ด ์์ง๋ง ______________ ๊ฐ ์๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ด์ ์น๊ตฌ์ ์์ด์ friend ๋ ์๋ก ๋ป์ด ๋ค๋ฅด๋ค. ( T / F )
2) ๋ ์์ด์ ํ๊ตญ์ด์ ์น๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๊ฐ์ ๋ง์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ฐ๊น๊ณ ๊น์ ์ฌ์ด๋ฅผ ์น๊ตฌ๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ค๋ ์ฌ๊ท ์ฌ๋์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ค. ( T / F ) p.24
3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) meaning
: ______________
2) relationship
: ______________
3) same
: ______________
4) easily
: ______________
5) to make friends
: ______________
4. What are the following words in English? 1) ์ต์ํ๋ค
: ______________
2) ์ค๋
: ______________
3) ๊ทธ๋ ๊ฒ
: ______________
4) ์๋ผ๋ค
: ______________
5) ๊ฐ๊น๊ฒ
: ______________
Grammar 1. Statements with [~๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค] When you write a journal, a personal essay, or an article for the general public such as a newspaper or public notice, use the [~๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค] form instead of the [~์ต๋๋ค~ใ ๋๋ค] form because in these writings, you do not assume an audience or a reader belongs to a specific age group. This form [~๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค] is a neutral sentence ending used mostly for present timeโs factual statements or procedures that are often seen in instructions. [~ ๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค] is less commonly used in a spoken form because normally
spoken form assumes a certain age group of audience. The following table shows when to use [~๋๋ค] and when to use [~ใด๋ค] with different verbs.
For past tense neutral statement, simply use past tense + [~๋ค] form.
p.25
For present tense, adjectives do not use [~๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค]. Simply end the word with an infinitive (or dictionary) form. For the past, simply put [~๋ค] after the past modification.
2. [~ ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์]: stating a reason (= because~/~so, )
[~๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์] is combined with verbs or adjectives to tell the reason why. Notice that you use the modification [~ใน ๊ฑฐ] form in front of [~๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ ์] in the future tense. See the examples below.
3. [~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์]: simultaneous actions, while~ [~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์] is used when one is doing one action and doing another action simultaneously. Note that when using this form, tense gets marked only at the end of the sentence once. Use [~์ผ๋ฉด์] form after the stem ending with a consonant and use [~๋ฉด์] form after the stem ending with a vowel form. This pattern is used most commonly for the situations when one person is carrying out two or three different actions at the same time.
p.26
Grammar practice 1. Modify the following sentences with neutral [~๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค] ending. (example) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ฌธํ์ โ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ฌธํ์
1) ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ 1๋ ๋์
.
.
2) ๋จ์ด์ ๋ป์ ์ฐพ์
.
โ ______________________
.
โ ______________________
3) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ทธ๋ ๊ฒ ๋งํ์ง ์๋ ๊ฒ์
.
โ ______________________
4) ๋ด๋ ์ ํ๊ตญ์
.
โ ______________________
5) ์ง๊ธ ๋ง ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ์
.
โ ______________________
2. Using the [~๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์] combine the two sentences to show a reason and its outcome as shown in the example.
+
โ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ฐ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ด์ฌ์ด ๋ง๋ค
1) ๊น์ง ๋๋๋ค + ๋ง์ ๋ชปํ๋ค โ ______________________________________ 2) ์์ด์ ํ๊ตญ์ด๊ฐ ๋ค๋ฅด๋ค + ํ๊ตญ์ด๊ฐ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค โ ______________________________________ 3) ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ด ๋ง์๋ค + ๋ช ๋์ ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ค โ ______________________________________ p.27
4) ์ฌ๋ฆ์ ์์ฃผ ๋ฅ๋ค + ํฅ๋น์๋ฅผ ๋ง์ด ๋จน๋๋ค โ ______________________________________ 3. Write the following sentences in Korean using [~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์]. 1) I watched TV while I was on the phone. โ ______________________________________ 2) I ran while listening to music. โ ______________________________________ 3) Michael was talking with his friend while eating dinner. โ ______________________________________ 4. Write the following sentences in your journal. 1) Iโm familiar with the Korean culture. : ________________________________________ 2) I know the two words have differences. : ________________________________________
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English.
1. ๋๋ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ฐ๋ฉด์ ํ๊ตญ์ด์์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ ๋ง์ด ์์ด์ friendํ ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ ์ค ์์๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ friend๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋๋ฐ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ทธ๋ ๊ฒ ๋งํ์ง ์ ๋ ๊ฒ์ ์์๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: words that express relationships
p.28
Short writing practice 1: Search the Internet for โํ์ค ๊ตญ์ด ๋์ฌ์ .โ This is the webpage for the Standard Korean Dictionary for Korean natives. Type the following four words and write down the first two definitions. See how much you understand these definitions. 1. ์ฌ๋:
1) _________________________________ 2) _________________________________ 2. ์๋ฆฌ: 1) _________________________________ 2) _________________________________ 3. ์ธ๋: 1) _________________________________ 2) _________________________________ 4. ํ์: 1) _________________________________ 2) _________________________________ Short writing practice 2: Write a journal entry about your schedule on a typical Wednesday. Write the sentences with time, activity, and verb ending with [~๋๋ค/~ใด๋ค]. Write five sentences following the chronological order from morning to the evening. Write one sentence with [~์ผ๋ฉด์/~๋ฉด์], expressing two activities simultaneously done together.
My Wednesday journal: ๋์ ์์์ผ ์ผ๊ธฐ ______________ ๋ ______________ ์ ______________ ์ผ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ p.29
Figure 3.2 ์ผ๊ธฐ ์ฐ๊ธฐ Source: ยฉ Silatip/Shutterstock.com.
p.30
English translation โFriendโ in Korean and in English I am more familiar with the American culture because I grew up in the US. In Merriam-Webster dictionary a friend is โa person who you like and enjoying being with.โ While I was learning Korean I thought that the Korean word chingu was similar to the English word friend. However, when I looked up the word chingu in the Standard Korean Dictionary these two words were different in meaning. In Korean, the word chingu is โa person who made friends closely for a long time.โ Namely, the Korean word chingu has a relationship that is closer and deeper than the English word friend. I was completely surprised. I realized that in the US, people say friend easily but in Korea they donโt say it in that way. Now I know that although small, these two words have differences. (American student Jenniferโs writing)
p.31
Chapter 4 New Yearโs Day ์ค๋
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you have New Yearโs Day celebrations in your culture? 2. What do you typically do on the day before New Yearโs Day and what do you do on the New Yearโs Day? 3. Do you have a special food that you prepare for New Yearโs Day?
Figure 4.1 ์ธ๋ฐฐ Source: ยฉ wizdata/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 4.2 ๋ก๊ตญ Source: ยฉ wizdata/Shutterstock.com.
Reading ์ค๋ ์ฌ๋ฌ๋ถ์ 1์ 1์ผ์ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ณด๋ด์ธ์? ์ ๋ ์ง๋ ์ฃผ์ ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ฒ์์ผ๋ก ์ค๋ ์ ๋ณด๋์ด์. ํ ํด์ ๋ง์ง๋ง ๋ ์ธ 12์ 31์ผ ๋ฐค 12์์ ๋ณด์ ๊ฐ์์ ์ข ์ 33๋ฒ ์ณค์ด์. ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ด ์ข ์๋ฆฌ ๋ฅผ ๋ค์ผ๋ฉฐ ์ํด์ ์ข์ ์ผ์ด ์๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋๋๋ค. ๋ ์ค๋ ์์นจ์๋ ๋ก๊ตญ์ ๋จน์๋๋ฐ, ํ์ ๋ก๊ตญ์ ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด์ ๋์ด๋ ํ ์ด ๋ ๋จน์ด์. ํ์ง๋ง ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ค๊ตญ์์๋ ํ๊ตญํ๊ณ ๋จน๋ ์์์ด ๋ฌ๋ผ์. ์ค๊ตญ์์ ๋ ์ค๋ ์์นจ์ ๋ก๊ตญ ๋์ ๋ง๋๋ฅผ ๋จน์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ ์ ๊ธฐํ๊ฒ๋ ํ ๊ตญ๊ณผ ์ค๊ตญ ์ฌ์ด์ ์์ฃผ ๋น์ทํ ํ์ต๋ ์์ด์. ๋ฐ๋ก ์ธ๋ฐฐ์์! ํ ๊ตญ์ด๋ ์ค๊ตญ์ ์์ด๋ค์ ๋ชจ๋ ์ค๋ ์ ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค๊ป ์ ์ ํ๊ณ ์ธ๋ฐฐ ๋์ ๋ฐ์์. ๊ทธ๋์ ์ด ๋ ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ์ผ๋ ์ค ๊ฐ์ฅ ๋ถ์๊ฐ ๋๋ ๋ ์ด์์. ์ ๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ค๊ตญํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ ํ์ต์ด ์๋ ๊ฑธ ๋ณด๊ณ ๊น ์ง ๋๋์ต๋๋ค.
(
) p.32
Vocabulary
p.33
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) 1์ 1์ผ์ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ______________ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํด์. 2) 12์ 31์ผ์ ๋ณด์ ๊ฐ์์ ์ข ์ ______________ ๋ฒ ์ณค์ด์. 3) ์ค๋ ์์นจ์ ํ๊ตญ์์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋จน์ด์. 4) ์ค๋ ์์นจ์ ์ค๊ตญ์์๋ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋จน์ด์. 5) ์ ๊ธฐํ๊ฒ๋ ํ๊ตญํ๊ณ ์ค๊ตญ์์ ๋ชจ๋ ์์ด๋ค์ด ์ค๋ ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ํ๊ณ ๋์ ๋ฐ์์. 6) ์ค๋ ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ์ผ๋ ์ค ๊ฐ์ฅ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ๋๋ ๋ ์ด์์.
2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ํ๊ตญ์์ 12์ 31์ผ์ ๋ณด์ ๊ฐ์์ ์ข ์ ์ณ์. ( T / F ) 2) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ค๋ ์ ๋ก๊ตญ ๋์ ๋ง๋๋ฅผ ๋จน์ด์. ( T / F ) 3) ํ๊ตญํ๊ณ ์ค๊ตญํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ ์ค๋ ํ์ต์ด ์์ด์. ( T / F ) 4) ์์ด๋ค์ ์ธ๋ฐฐ๋์ ๋ฐ๊ณ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ป ๋๋ ค์. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) so, therefore
: ______________
2) to become
: ______________
3) amazingly
: ______________
4) custom
: ______________
5) to hit
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ๋ง์ง๋ง ๋ โ
โ a) 1์ 1์ผ
2) ๋ก๊ตญ โ
โ b) 12์ 31์ผ
3) ๋ง๋ โ
โ c) ๋
4) ์ํด โ
โ d) ํ๊ตญ
5) ์ธ๋ฐฐ โ
โ e) ์ค๊ตญ
p.34
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ๋ก๊ตญ์ ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? _________________________________ 2) โ์ โ๋ ์ ๊น์ง ๋๋์ต๋๊น? _________________________________
Grammar
1. [~๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค]: hope to~, wish~ [~๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค] is used when one wishes something to happen. The Korean grammar form [~๊ธฐ] equals to the English gerund [~ing], which makes a verb a noun. Use a verb infinitive in front of [~๊ธฐ]. Letโs see more sentence examples using this pattern.
Because one wishes something for the future in the present time, or already wished something in the past to happen for the future, it is not common that you use future tense with this expression. It can be parallel to the usages that โI wished~โ or โI wish~โ is common but โI will wish~โ is not too common to say. Also, you can directly place a noun with [~์ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค/~๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค] form if you wish for a thing or an object. See the following examples how you would use this grammar without [~๊ธฐ] in the construct.
p.35
2.~ํ๊ณ ๋ค๋ฅด๋ค & ~ํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ๋ค: different from~ & similar to~ A comparision is commonly made in Korean using the patterns [~ํ๊ณ ๋ค ๋ฅด๋ค] (different from~) and [~ํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ๋ค] (similar to~). In English, the prepositions in these two expressions are different (from and to respectively as in โdifferent fromโ and โsimilar toโ) but in Korean, the two expressions use the same particle [~ํ๊ณ ]. Letโs see more usages on these two expressions.
p.36
3. Honorific particles [~๊ป์] and [~๊ป] We know that we use [์ด] or [๊ฐ] as a subject particle for non-honorific expressions, but try to use [~๊ป์] for the person who would receive honorific expressions in a situation. In other words, use this particle [~๊ป์] for an older person or the person who holds a socially higher status in a context. Note that this expression usually accompanies other honorific expressions in the sentence, such as the subject honorofic [~์] which is attached to the main verb before the sentence ending. For example, if you used [~๊ป์] with the subject earlier in the sentence, the verb should also be modified with [~์] accordingly to complete the honorific expression set in a sentence. Letโs see the examples of these changes in sentences.
There is another honorific particle [~๊ป] to note together with [~๊ป์]. [~ ๊ป] is an honorofic particle replacing its plain form โto (someone),โ [~์๊ฒ] or [~ํํ ]. These particles [~์๊ฒ] and [~ํํ ] are attached to the (human or animal) receivers of the action in a sentence. Use [~๊ป] as an honoric expression for both the [~์๊ฒ] and [~ํํ ].
[~ํํ ] tends to be used more in a spoken expression and [~์๊ฒ] tends to be used in a written expression while the honorific [~๊ป] is the only expression that is used for both spoken and written contexts.
Grammar practice 1. You are wishing different things to happen. Create the following sentences using [~๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค] or [~์ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค/~๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค] expressions. 1) I wished for a DVD for my birthday gift. โ _____________________________________
2) I wish for your familyโs happiness and peace. โ _____________________________________ 3) I wish you spend [have] a good weekend. โ _____________________________________ 2. Letโs try to say differences and similarities between the two items. Try writing the following English sentences into Korean. 1) Boston weather is similar to New York. โ _____________________________________ 2) Teachersโ thoughts are different from the studentsโ. โ _____________________________________ 3) Japanese is similar to Korean. โ _____________________________________ 3. Fill in the blanks with an appropriate particle chosen from the box. ์ด
๊ฐ
๊ป
๊ป์
1) ํ ๋จธ๋ ( ) ๋ง๋๋ฅผ ๋ง๋์ ๋ค. 2) ๋ง์ดํด ( ) ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค๊ป ์ ์ ํ๋ค. 3) ์๋ฒ์ง ( ) ์ธ๋ฐฐ๋์ ์ฃผ์ ๋ค. 4) ๋๋ ์ค๋ ์ ํ ์๋ฒ์ง ( ) ์ ์ ํ๋ค. 5) ์ ๋ํผ ( ) ๋ก๊ตญ์ ์์ฃผ ์ ๋จน๋๋ค. 6) ์ด์ ๋ก๊ตญ์ ๋ง๋ค์ด์ ํ ๋จธ๋ ( ) ๋๋ ธ๋ค. p.37
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English.
1. ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ด ๋ ๋ณด์ ๊ฐ์์ ์ข ์ 33๋ฒ ์ณค์ด์. : ____________________________________ 2. ์์ด๋ค์ ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค๊ป ์ ์ ํ๊ณ ์ธ๋ฐฐ๋์ ๋ฐ์์ด์. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: rituals on New Yearโs Day in Korea
p.38
Short writing practice 1: Find an available video clip on YouTube by using the search term โKoreaโs Loved Traditional Game, Yutnori.โ This video is made by Arirang TV, a Korean public TV channel introducing traditional rituals and modern news on Korea in English. The presentation is in English. Try watching this six minute or so video and write down important explanation about ์ถ๋์ด.
Here, write what the ์ถ๋์ด is as much as you could in simple sentences. Write five sentences about ์ถ๋์ด. Use available online dictionaries for Korean vocabulary.
Title: ์ถ๋์ด 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
______________________________________ ______________________________________ ______________________________________ ______________________________________ ______________________________________
Short writing practice 2: All Koreans eat rice cake beef soup on New Yearโs Day! There are several videos available on how to make this ๋ก๊ตญ. Watch several videos for about five to six minutes and find some of the main ingredients common in them. Write down the ingredients and the English translations together in the table provided below. Use available online dictionary if you do not know the words or how to spell the words. p.39
English translation Reading: Seollal How do you spend January 1st? I spent New Yearโs Day for the first time in Korea last week. They hit [rang] the bell 33 times in the Bosingak pavilion at midnight on the last night of the year, December 31st. Koreans wish good luck for the new year while listening to this bell sound. Also I ate tteokguk in the morning, and while youโre eating white tteokguk, you become one more year older. But in China we eat different food from Korea. In China, we eat dumplings instead of tteokguk. However, amazingly, there is a very similar custom between Korea and China. It is the Sebae (deep bow for the New Yearโs Day)! Children either in Korea or in China bow to the adults and receive a cash gift. So this day is the day they become the richest. I was stunned after seeing [realizing] that there is a similar custom in Korea just like China. (An essay from a Chinese student, Wei)
p.40
Chapter 5 Korean humor ํ๊ตญ์ ์ ๋จธ
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you know any funny stories? Do you often make others laugh during a conversation? 2. What kind of humors do you have in your culture? 3. Can you tell a famous funny fable for the future generations?
Figure 5.1 ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ์๋ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค Source: ยฉ elwynn/Shutterstock.com.
Reading
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ํ๊ตญ๋ง ๋๋ด . ์น๊ตฌ:
โํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ฐ ์ ์ผ ์ข์ํ์๋ ๋์ ๋ญ๊น?โ
๋:
โ๊ธ์, ๋ญ๊น?โ
์น๊ตฌ:
โํ ๋จธ๋โ
๋:
โํํํ. ์๊ธฐ๋ค. ์์ดํ๊ณ ํ๊ตญ์ด๊ฐ ์์ฌ ์๋ ์ ๋จธ ๋ค? ํ๊ตญ์ด์ โํ โํ๊ณ ์์ด์ โ๋จธ๋โ๊ฐ ๋ค โํ ๋จธ๋โ ์์ ์์ผ๋๊น.โ p.41
์น๊ตฌ:
โ์. ๊ทธ๋ ์ง. ๊ทธ๋ผ ์ด๊ฑด ์ด๋? ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๋นํ๋ค. ์?โ
๋:
โ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด ๊ตํต ์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๋นํ๋ค๊ณ ?โ
์น๊ตฌ:
โ์. ์๋ํ๋ฉด . . . โ์ฐจ๊ฐ์์.โโ
๋:
โํํํ! ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด โ์ฐจ๊ฐ๋คโ๋ ๋งํ๊ณ โ์ฐจ๊ฐ ์จ ๋คโ๋ ๋งํ๊ณ ์๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ๊ฐ๋ค!โ
์น๊ตฌ:
โ๊ทธ๋ ์ง! ์ฌ๋ฐ์ง?โ
๋:
โ์. ํ๊ตญ๋ง ์ ๋จธ๊ฐ ์ฐธ ์ฌ๋ฐ๋๋ฐ? ๋๋ ๋ฐฐ์์ ์จ์ผ ์ง!โ
Vocabulary
p.42
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ฐ ์ ์ผ ์ข์ํ์๋ ๋์ _____________ ๋ค. 2) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฅผ _____________. ์? 3) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด โ์ฐจ๊ฐ๋คโ๋ ๋งํ๊ณ โ์ฐจ๊ฐ ์จ๋คโ๋ ๋งํ๊ณ _____________ ๊ฐ๋ค! 4) ์, ํ๊ตญ๋ง ์ ๋จธ๊ฐ ์ฐธ ์ฌ๋ฐ๋๋ฐ? ๋๋ ๋ฐฐ์์ _____________! 2. What are the following words in Korean? 1) yes (informal)
: ______________
2) then
: ______________
3) ice cream
: ______________
4) laughable
: ______________
5) traffic accident
: ______________
3. Connect the words that are semantically related.
1) ํ ๋จธ๋ โ
โ a) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
2) ์ฐจ๊ฐ๋ค โ
โ b) ํ ์๋ฒ์ง
3) ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ โ
โ c) ~์ผ๋๊น
4) ์ โ
โ d) ์ฐจ
4. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ฐ ์ ์ผ ์ข์ํ์๋ ๋์ด ๋ญ์์? _________________________________________ 2) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฅผ ์ ๋นํ์ด์? _________________________________________ p.43
Grammar 1. [~์ผ๋๊น/~๋๊น]: because~ [~์ผ๋๊น/~๋๊น] connects a reason to its outcome. [~์ผ๋๊น/~๋๊น] phrase is placed after the source of judgment and placed before for the next phrase. Use [~์ผ๋๊น] when the preceding word ends with a consonant except ใน and after [~์~] and [~๊ฒ ~]. Use [~๋๊น] when the preceding word ends with a vowel or ใน.
2. [~ใน๊น/~์๊น]?: informal question sentence ending [~ใน๊น/~์๊น] is an informal style sentence ending used for a question (or rhetorical question) often used between friends. Use [~์๊น] after the consonant ending word except ใน and after the past tense ~์~. Use [~ใน ๊น] after a vowel ending word or word ending with ใน. To make it a more polite form place [~์] at the end, as in [~ใน๊น์] or [~์๊น์]. See the following examples for common usages.
p.44
3. [~์์ผ์ง/ ~์ด์ผ์ง]: I should~ โI should do Aโ or โone should do Aโ is a common expression in spoken Korean that is sometimes used for expressing oneโs self-determination. Use this non-polite [~์์ผ์ง] or [~์ด์ผ์ง] for making decisions or future plans of your own action. Use [~์์ผ์ง] after the verbs that are containing bright vowels such as ใ or ใ and use [~์ด์ผ์ง] after the verbs containing all other vowels, such as dark vowels ใ or ใ and neutral vowels ใ ก or ใ ฃ.
Grammar practice 1. Using [~์ผ๋๊น/~๋๊น], translate the first part of the sentences. (example) (Because Korean and English are mixed) ์ฐธ ์ฌ๋ฏธ ์๋ค. โ
์ฐธ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค.
1) (Because Minji is fun) ์น๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋ง๋ค. โ__________________________________ ์น๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋ง๋ค. 2) (Because the summer came) ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ๋ฅ๋ค. โ__________________________________ ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ๋ฅ๋ค. 3) (Because I ate a lot) ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์ด ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ค.
โ__________________________________ ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์ด ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ค. 4) (Because Sunhee learns English) ์์ด๋ก ์ ๋งํ๋ค. โ__________________________________ ์์ด๋ก ์ ๋งํ๋ค. p.45
2. Create the following questions using [~ใน๊น] or [~์๊น]? 1) Would (my) grandfather be at home? ___________________________________________? 2) Should we buy some ice cream? ___________________________________________? 3) Should we listen to K-pop music? ___________________________________________? 3. Connect the items that are semantically related. 1) ์ฝํธ๋ฅผ โ
โ a) ๋นํ์๊น?
2) ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ โ
โ b) ์ ์๊น?
3) ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฅผ โ
โ c) ๋ฐฐ์ธ๊น?
4) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด โ
โ d) ์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ๊น?
4. You want to express your determination to your friend. Using the grammar [~์์ผ์ง/~์ด์ผ์ง] and the given words in the parentheses, write your future plans. (example) (ํ ๋จธ๋, ์ ๋ฌผ, ๋๋ฆฌ๋ค) โ ํ ๋จธ๋๊ป ์ ๋ฌผ์ ๋๋ ค์ผ์ง.
1) (์น๊ตฌ, ์ ํ, ํ๋ค) โ _____________________________________
2) (๋ด์ผ, ํ๊ตญ์ด, ์ฐ๋ค) โ _____________________________________ 3) (๋งค์ผ, ์ด๋, ํ๋ค) โ _____________________________________ 5. Connect the phrases that would make the most sense when put together. 1) ์ ๋จธ๋ฅผ ์ฐ๋๊น โ
โ a) K-pop์ ์ดํดํ๋ค
2) ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ฐ๋๊น โ
โ b) ์ ํผ๊ณคํ๋ค
3) ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ด ๋ง์์ผ๋๊น โ
โ c) ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค
4) ์์นจ์ ๋จน์ผ๋๊น โ
โ d) ๋ง์ด ๋จน์๋ค p.46
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ฐ ์ ์ผ ์ข์ํ์๋ ๋์ ๋ญ๊น? : ________________________________ 2. ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ด ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๋นํ๋ค. ์? : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: linguistic jokes using Korean mixed with English
p.47
Short writing practice 1: Do you have any jokes or funny stories that you tell your friends for fun? Write two short jokes that are using animals or silly people that you would want to tell to others in Korean. Joke 1: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Joke 2: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Short writing practice 2: Read the following conversation between a doctor and a patient at a hospital and make the story funny by adding the doctorรข€™s
line at the end. ์์ฌ:
์ฌ์ฅ๋ณ์ด ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค. ์์ ์ ํด์ผ๊ฒ ์ด์.
ํ์:
์ผ๋ง๋ ์ฌ๊ฐํ ์์ ์ด์ง์?
์์ฌ:
5๋ช ์ค 4๋ช ์ด ์ฃฝ๋ ์์ ์ ๋๋ค.
ํ์:
์์ด๊ตฌ, ๊ทธ๋ผ ์ํํ ์์ ์ด๋ค์?
์์ฌ:
๊ฑฑ์ ํ์ง ๋ง์ธ์. __________________________________________.
Figure 5.2 ์ฐ์ค์ด ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ Source: ยฉ Javier Brosch/Shutterstock.com.
(Translation) Doctor: Patient: Doctor: Patient: Doctor:
You have a severe heart disease. We should operate on you. How severe is this operation? 4 out of 5 die from the operation. Oh god, then it is a dangerous operation! Donโt worry. ___________________________. p.48
English translation Reading: funny Korean language humor At the lunch hour yesterday my friend told me Korean jokes. Friend: I: Friend: I:
Friend: I: Friend: I: Friend: I:
What is the money that the grandfather likes the most? Well, what could it be? Hal-money (the grandmother). Hahaha, it is funny. It is a humor that mixes English and Korean, right? Beause it has the Korean โhalโ and the English โmoneyโ all in the word โhalmoney.โ Yeah, sure thing. Then how about this? Ice cream got into a traffic accident. Why? Ice cream got into a traffic accident? Yeah. If you ask me the reason . . . โcha-ga waseo.โ Hahaha! The sound that the ice cream is โcoldโ and the expression โcar is comingโ are the same sound! Thatโs right! Isnโt it fun? Yeah. I see that the Korean jokes are actually fun! I should learn and use them!
p.49
Chapter 6 Seoul ์์ธ
Pre-reading questions 1. What is the capital city of your country? Do you know the history of your countryโs capital city? 2. Have you been to Seoul or seen Seoul in movies or dramas? Tell us what you know about Seoul. 3. What are common scenes and artifacts that you see in a historic district in your country?
Figure 6.1 ๊ฒฝ๋ณต๊ถ Source: ยฉ gjee/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 6.2 ํ์ฅ ๋ง์ Source: ยฉ CJ Nattanai/Shutterstock.com.
Reading p.50
์์ธ ์์ธ์ ๋ํ๋ฏผ๊ตญ์ ์๋๋ก ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ์ฝ ์ฒ๋ง ๋ช ์ ๋๋ค. ๋ํ๋ฏผ๊ตญ ์ ์ฒด ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ์ค์ฒ ๋ง๋ช ์ ๋์ด๋๊น ์ ์ฒด ์ธ๊ตฌ์ ์ฝ1/5์ ๋๊ฐ ์์ธ์ ๋ชจ์ฌ ์ด๊ณ ์๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. ์ ์์ธ์ ์ค์ฌ์ ์์ด ์ด์๋ ๊ถ๊ถ์ธ ๊ฒฝ ๋ณต๊ถ๊ณผ ๊ทธ ์์ ๊ดํ๋ฌธ ๊ด์ฅ์ ๋๋ค. ์์ธ์ ์ฐพ๋ ๋ง์ ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ๋ค์ ๋ณดํต ์์ธ ์ค์ฌ์ง์์ ์์ํด์ ์ฌ๊ธฐ์ ๊ฐ๊น์ด ๋ช ๋, ๋จ๋๋ฌธ, ๋๋ ๋ฌธ์์ ์ผํ์ ํ๊ณ ๋จ์ฐ์ ์๋ Nํ์์ ์ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ ์์ธ์ ์ผ๊ฒฝ์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํฉ๋๋ค. ํนํ, ๋ํ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ ์ด, ๋ํ ๋ก, ํน์ ํ๋ ์์ผ๋ก ๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ข ๊ณต์ฐ์ ์ฆ๊ธฐ๊ณ ๋ฉ์ง ์นดํ๋ฅผ ์ฐพ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ต์ ์ ํ์ ์ ํ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋, ์ ํต์ ์ธ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฒดํํ๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋จ์ฐ๊ณจ ํ์ฅ ๋ง์์ด๋ ๋ถ์ด ํ์ฅ ๋ง์์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ๊ณ ๋ ํ ์ธ์ฌ๋์์ ์ ํต ์์๊ณผ ์ ํต์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ์ง๋ง
ํ๋ฅ ์คํ์ ๊ด์ฌ์ด ์๊ฑฐ๋ ํธ๋ ๋ํ ์ ํ์ ๊ฒฝํํ๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋ ๋ค์ ๊ฐ๋จ ์ง์ญ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋ํ์ฌ ์๊ตฌ์ ๋์ด๋ ์ ์ฌ๋์์ ๋์์ด๋ ํจ์ ๋งค์ฅ์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ๊ฑฐ๋ ๋ ธ์ฒ ์นดํ๋ฅผ ์ฆ๊ธฐ๊ณ ํ๋ฅ ์คํ๋ค๋ ๋ง๋ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ฐค์ด ๋๋ฉด ๊ฐ๋จ์ญ์์ ํด๋ฝ ๋ฌธํ๋ ์ฆ๊น๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๊ฐ ๋ณผ ๊ณณ์ด ๋ง์ ์์ธ, ์ฌ๋ฌ๋ถ์ ์ด๋๋ฅผ ๋จผ์ ๊ฐ๊ณ ์ถ์ผ์ธ์?
Vocabulary
p.51
p.52
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words.
1) ์์ธ์ ๋ํ๋ฏผ๊ตญ์ ์๋๋ก ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ์ฝ ______________ ๋ช ์ ๋ ๋ค. 2) ์ ์์ธ์ ______________ ์ ์์ด ์ด์๋ ๊ถ๊ถ์ธ ๊ฒฝ๋ณต๊ถ๊ณผ ๊ทธ ์์ ๊ดํ๋ฌธ ๊ด์ฅ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ๋ค์ ๋ช ๋, ๋จ๋๋ฌธ, ๋๋๋ฌธ์์ _____________ ์ ํ๊ณ ๋จ์ฐ์์ ์ผ๊ฒฝ์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํฉ๋๋ค. 4) ______________ (especially) ๋ํ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ๋๋ผ๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ ์ด, ๋ํ๋ก, ํ๋ ์์ผ๋ก ๊ฐ๋๋ค. 5) ์ธ์ฌ๋์์ ์ ํต ์์๊ณผ ______________ ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์์ต๋ ๋ค. 6) ๋ฐค์ด ๋๋ฉด ๊ฐ๋จ์ญ์์ ______________ ๋ ์ฆ๊น๋๋ค. 7) ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๊ฐ ๋ณผ _______________์ด ๋ง์ ์์ธ, ์ฌ๋ฌ๋ถ์ ์ด๋๋ฅผ ๋จผ์ ๊ฐ๊ณ ์ถ์ผ์ธ์? 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์์ธ์๋ ์ ์ฒด ์ธ๊ตฌ์1/5์ด ์ด๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ์์ธ์ ์ค์ฌ์ ์ง๊ธ ์์ด ์ด๊ณ ์๋ ๊ฒฝ๋ณต๊ถ๊ณผ ๊ดํ๋ฌธ ๊ด์ฅ์ ๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ์์ธ์ ์ผ๊ฒฝ์ ์ ์ด, ๋ํ๋ก, ํ๋ ์์ผ๋ก ๊ฐ์ ์ฆ๊น๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ํ๋ฅ ์คํ์ ๊ด์ฌ์ด ์๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๊ฐ๋จ์ญ์ผ๋ก ๊ฐ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ๋ช ๋, ๋๋๋ฌธ, ๋จ๋๋ฌธ์ ์ผํ์ผ๋ก ์ ๋ช ํฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) capital
: ______________
2) population
: ______________
3) palace
: ______________
4) close
: ______________
5) especially
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ์นดํ ยท
โ a) ๋ํ๋ก
2) ์ ํ ยท
โ b) ์ปคํผ
3) ๊ณต์ฐ ยท
โ c) ๋ถ์ด
4) ์ธ์ฌ๋ ยท
โ d) ํจ์
5) ํ์ฅ ๋ง์ ยท
ยท e) ์ ํต์ฐจ
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. p.53
1) ์ฌ๋๋ค์ Nํ์์ ์ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ์ ๋ญ ํฉ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 2) ์ ํต ์์๊ณผ ์ ํต์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ ๊ณณ์ ์ด๋์ ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 3) ํ๋ฅ ์คํ๋ค์ ๋ง๋๋ณผ ์ ์๋ ๊ณณ์ ์ด๋์ ๋๊น? ________________________________________ p.54
Grammar 1. Sentence level adverbs ํนํ, ๋, ํ์ง๋ง Adverbs like ํนํ, ๋, and ํ์ง๋ง are sentence level adverbs that are applied to the content of the entire sentence. This means that these adverbs are not confined to modify one word or a phrase but rather to modify a whole sentence. All sentence connectors such as ํ์ง๋ง (however), ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ (and), ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ (but), ๊ทธ๋์ (therefore), and ๊ทธ๋ ์ง๋ง (although) are in this category. It is essential to use them appropriately to gain a logical flow in the passage and well-organized structure in a paragraph. The following list is of commonly used sentence level adverbs. They are often located in the beginning of the sentence.
2. [~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค]: want to~, like to~ [~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค] is equal to โwant to~โ or โlike to~โ showing oneโs desire to do certain actions. It is a fairly common expression in daily life situations. Use a verb infinitive in front of the [~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค] pattern and modify the tense on the verb ์ถ๋ค for varying past, present, and future tense expressions.
p.55
3. Adjectival modification formation: [~์/~๋/~ใด] [~์], [~๋], and [~ใด] are used to make adjective forms in front of a noun. Use [~์] when you have adjective stem that ends with a consonant except ใน sound. Use [~๋] when you have verb stems or the expression of existence or non-existence [์๋ค/์๋ค]. Use [~ใด] when you have adjective stems that end with a vowel or adjective stems that end with ใน or with copular [์ด๋ค/์๋๋ค]. Letโs see their usage examples in the table.
p.56
Grammar practice 1. Choose the most appropriate adverb from the box and complete the following description. ๊ทธ๋์
ํนํ
ํ์ง๋ง
๋
์ค๋ง
๊ด๊ด๊ฐ๋ค์ ๋จ๋๋ฌธ๊ณผ ๋๋๋ฌธ์์ ์ผํ์ ํ๊ณ ๋จ์ฐ์ ์๋ Nํ์ ์ ์ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ ์์ธ์ ์ผ๊ฒฝ์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํฉ๋๋ค. 1) ______________ ๋ํ ๋ฌธ ํ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ ์ด์ด๋ ๋ํ๋ก๋ก ๊ฐ์ ๊ณต์ฐ์ ์ฆ๊ธฐ ๊ณ ๋ฉ์ง ์นดํ์ ๊ฐ ๋ด ๋๋ค. 2) ____________ ์ ํต์ ์ธ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฒดํ ํด ๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ ๋ถ๋ค์ ๋ถ์ด ํ์ฅ ๋ง์์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ๊ณ ๋ ํ ์ธ์ฌ๋์์ ์ ํต ์์์ ์๋ฏธํ ์๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ______________ ํ๋ฅ ์คํ ์ ๊ด์ฌ์ด ์์ผ๋ฉด ์๊ตฌ์ ๋์ผ๋ก ์ด๋ํฉ๋๋ค. 2. Using [~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค] write the phrase as in the English cues in parenthesis. 1) ์์ธ์ ๊ผญ __________________ (want to go). 2) ์ ์ฌ๋์์ ๋์์ด๋ ํจ์ ๋งค์ฅ์ __________________ (want to look around). 3) ์ฌ๋ฌ๋ถ์ ์ด๋๋ฅผ ๋จผ์ __________________ (want to encounter)? 4) ๋๋๋ฌธ์์ ๋ฉ์ง ์ท๋ค์ ์ข __________________ (wanted to buy). 5) ๋ง์ดํด์ด ์๋ง ๊ฐ๋จ์ญ์์ ํด๋ฝ ๋ฌธํ๋ ์ข __________________ (will want to enjoy). 3. Create adjective phrases as shown in the example choosing one of the adjective makers among [~์], [~๋], or [~ใด]. (example) [์ฒ๋ง ๋ช ์ธ๊ตฌ] [์ด๋ค] [์์ธ] โ ์ฒ๋ง ๋ช ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ์ฌ ์์ธ
1) [๋ํ ๋ฌธํ] + [๋ง๋ณด๋ค] + [~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค] + [์ฌ๋๋ค] โ ______________________________________ 2) [ํธ๋ ๋ํ๋ค] + [์ ํ] + [๊ฒฝํํ๋ค] + [~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค] + [๋ถ๋ค]
โ ______________________________________ 3) [์์ธ] + [์ผ๊ฒฝ] + [๋ณด๋ค] + [๊ณณ] โ ______________________________________ p.57
4. Write the following expressions in Korean. 1) The people who want to experience
: ___________________
2) The place you want to go
: ___________________
3) Seoul that has many people
: ___________________
5. Underline one incorrect word in the sentence and write it correctly next to the sentence. 1) ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ๋ค์ ๋ณดํต ์ ๋ ์๋ ํ๋ ์์ผ๋ก ๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ข ๊ณต์ฐ์ ์ฆ๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝ๋ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ์ ํต์ ์ด๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฒดํํด ๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ ๋ถ๋ค์ ํ์ฅ ๋ง์์ ๊ฐ๋ ๋ค. 3) ์๊ตฌ์ ๋์ ํ๋ฅ ์คํ๋ค์ ๋ง๋๋ณด์ ๊ณณ์ ๋๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ์์ธ์ ๋ํ๋ฏผ๊ตญ์ ์๋๋ก ์ฝ ์ฒ๋ง ๋ช ์ ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ์ด๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ๊ฐ์ข ๊ณต์ฐ์ ์ฆ๊ธฐ๊ณ ๋ฉ์ง ์นดํ๋ฅผ ์ฐพ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ต์ ์ ํ์ ์ ํ ์ ์์ต ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ๋ณดํต ๋ง์ ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ๋ค์ ์์ธ ์ค์ฌ์ง๋ถํฐ ๊ด๊ด์ ์์ํฉ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: ์ฌํ์ ์ฐ๊ธฐ ํธ ๋ฆฌํ ํํ๋ค expressions useful for travel
Short writing practice 1: Go to www.visitseoul.net and find a mobile app. From their Korean language webpage, find out information about traveling interesting places in Seoul as much as you can. Read about the information on Seoul tours including transportation methods, places to visit, events of the month, foods to eat, and where to stay. Now, from the information you found on this app, write about five different kinds of useful information that are important to you. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
_________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________
Short writing practice 2: What is the name of your countryโs capital city? Find information about your countryโs capital city and write about the following information: its population, places to see, places to shop, foods to eat, and historic places to visit. p.58
์๋ ํ์ธ์? ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ________________________ ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์ ์๋๋ ______________________ ์ ๋๋ค. ์ธ๊ตฌ๋ _________________________________________________________ __________ ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ๋ค์ ์ฒ์์ ๋จผ์ _________________________________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋ด ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ________________________________________________________ ์ ๊ฐ์ _______________________ ๋จน์ต๋๋ค. ๋, ์ผํ์ ______________________________ ________________________________ ์ ๋ช ํ ์์์ ______________________________________ ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ธ ๊ณณ์ _________________________________________ p.59
English translation Reading: Seoul Seoul is a capital city of the Republic of Korea where approximately 10 million people reside. The total population of the Republic of Korea is about 50 million so approximately 1/5 of the population is residing in Seoul. The center of Seoul is Gyeongbokgung Palace where kings used to live and the Gwanghwamun Gate Square in front of it. Many tourists who look for Seoul usually begin from the central location and move to shopping in nearby
Myeongdong, Namdaemun, and Dongdaemun and go up to Namsan Mountainโs N Tower for the night scenes of Seoul. Especially for the people who like to savor a college culture go to Sinchon, Daehangno, or in front of Hongdae to enjoy various kinds of performances and search for cool cafรฉs or encounter the latest fashion. Also, the people who want to experience traditional Korea first could look around Namsangol hanong maeul or Bukchon hanong maeul and then savor traditional food or traditional teas in Insadong. However, the people who are interested in the stars of the Korean Wave or who want to experience trendy fashion should transport to Gangnam area and look around designer fashion stores in either Apgujeongdong or Sinsadong to enjoy the street cafรฉs and meet Korean Wave stars. When it becomes night, you enjoy the club culture in Gangnam subway station area. Seoul, where you could find so many places to go, where would you like to go first?
p.60
Chapter 7 College festival ๋ํ ์ถ์
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you have a memorable on-campus event that you remember or participated in? What was the event? 2. Do you know that Korean colleges often have a three-to-four-day-long festival on campus? Have you seen or been to any of the college campus festivals? 3. There are many campus events in each semester. What do you enjoy the most among the various campus events? Why?
Figure 7.1 E ๋ํ ์บ ํผ์ค Source: ยฉ Pius Lee/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 7.2 K ๋ํ ์บ ํผ์ค Source: ยฉ qingqing/Shutterstock.com.
p.61
Reading ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์ ๋ ์ง๋ ์ฃผ์ E ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์ ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. 3์ผ ๋์ ์บ ํผ์ค ์์์ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ํ์ฌ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ์ฐ์ ํ์๋ค 300๋ช ์ด ๋ชจ๋ ๋์์ ๋จน ์ ์ ์๋ ํฐ ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋น๋ฒผ ๋ง๋ค์๊ณ , ์ด์ด์ ์์ ๋ฐด๋์ ๊ณต์ฐ๊ณผ ํ์๋ค์ด ์์์ ๋ง๋๋ ์๋ฆฌ ๋ํ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ์บ ํผ์ค ์์์ ํ์๋ค์ด ์ง์ ๋ง๋ ๋ก๊ผฌ์น, ์๋, ๊ณผ์ผ์ฐจ ๋ฑ ๋ง์๋ ์์์ ํ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ฏธ์ ๋ํ ํ์๋ค์ ์ง์ ๋ง๋ ์ฝ์์ ์์ ๋ถ ์ฑ๋ ํ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ ์ด์ ๋ ์น๊ตฌ์ ์ด๋๋ก K๋ํ ์ถ์ ์ ๊ฐ ๋ดค์ต๋๋ค. ์ฌ๊ธฐ์์ ๋ ์ธ๋ ๋ฐด๋ ๊ณต์ฐ๋ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋ฌผ์ด ๊ฒ์๋ ํ๊ณ ๋ ๋ผ์ด๋ธ๋ก ์งํ๋๋ e-Sports ๊ฒ์ ๋ํ๋ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋์ ๊ณต๋ถ ๋๋ฌธ์ ์คํธ๋ ์ค ๋ ๋ง์๋๋ฐ, ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์ถ์ ์ ์ฐธ๊ฐํ๋ค ๋ณด๋ ์ ์ ๋ ๊ธฐ๋ถ์ด ์ข์์ก
์ต๋๋ค. ํํธ์์๋ ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ ํ์๋ค์ด ์๊ธฐ ๋๋ผ์ ์๋ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ๋์์ ์๊ฐํ๊ณ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ ์์ ์ถ์ ๋ ์งํํ์ต๋๋ค. ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์ ์น๊ตฌํ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ด ์ธ๋, ์ค๊ตญ, ๋ชฝ๊ณจ, ๋ฒ ํธ๋จ, ๋ธ๋ผ์ง, ์ฐ๊ฐ๋ค, ์ผ๋ณธ, ํ๋ฆฌํ ์์์ ๋ค ๋จน์ด ๋ดค์ต๋๋ค. ๋ ๋ํ์์ ์ด๋ฆฐ ์ถ์ ๋ ์ ๊ฐ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฝํํ ์ ์ ๋ ์ข์ ์๊ฐ์ด์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ์ฆ๊ฒจ์ ๋ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์ ๊ณ ์๋ฏธ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ค์ ํด์๋ ๋ ๋ง์ ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์ ์ฐธ๊ฐํด ๋ณด ๊ณ ์ถ์ต๋๋ค. ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์ ์์๋ ๋ง๋ค์ด ํ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ๊ฒ์๋ ๋ ๋ง์ด ํด ๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ด์!
Vocabulary
p.62
p.63
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words.
1) ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์์ 3์ผ ______________ ์บ ํผ์ค ์์์ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ํ ์ฌ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 2) ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋ง๋ค์๊ณ ______________ ์์ ๋ฐด๋์ ๊ณต์ฐ๊ณผ ์๋ฆฌ ๋ํ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ธ๋ ๋ฐด๋ ๊ณต์ฐ๋ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋ฌผ์ด ๊ฒ์๋ _____________ ์ ๋ง ์ฆ๊ฑฐ์ ์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์ถ์ ์ ์ฐธ๊ฐํ๋ค ______________ ์ ์ ๋ ๊ธฐ๋ถ์ด ์ข์์ก์ต๋ ๋ค. 5) ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ ํ์๋ค์ด ______________ ๋๋ผ์ ์๋๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ๋์์ ์๊ฐํ์ต๋๋ค. 6) ๋ธ๋ผ์ง, ์ฐ๊ฐ๋ค, ํ๋ฆฌํ์ ์์์ ๋ค ๋จน _____________ ์ต๋๋ค. 7) ์น๊ตฌ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ์ฆ๊ฒจ์ ๋ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ณ _____________ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์บ ํผ์ค ์์์ ํ์๋ค์ด ๋ง๋ ์๋, ๊ณผ์ผ์ฐจ ๋ฑ ๋ง์๋ ์์์ ํ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) K ๋ํ ์บ ํผ์ค ์ถ์ ์๋ ์ธ๋ ๋ฐด๋ ๊ณต์ฐ์ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ ํด์ ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์์ ์คํธ๋ ์ค๊ฐ ๋ ๋ง์์ก์ต๋๋ค. ( T /F) 4) ์น๊ตฌํ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ด ์ฌ๋ฌ๋๋ผ ์์์ ๋ค ๋จน์ด ๋ดค์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ๋ค์์๋ ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์ ์์๋ ๋ง๋ค์ด ํ๊ณ ์ถ์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to experience
: ______________
2) college festival
: ______________
3) to be meaningful
: ______________
4) Brazil
: ______________
5) oneโs own country
: ______________
6) to participate in
: ______________
p.64
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ๋์์ ยท
ยท a) ๊ณต์ฐ
2) ์ธ๋ ๋ฐด๋ ยท
ยท b) ํ์ฌ
3) ์๋ฆฌ ๋ํ ยท
ยท c) ๋ก๊ผฌ์น
4) ํ๋ค ยท
ยท d) ์ฌ๋ค
5) ์์ ์ถ์ ยท
ยท e) ๊ฐ์ด
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ๋ฏธ์ ๋ํ ํ์๋ค์ ๋ญ ํ์์ต๋๊น? ________________________________________ 2) โ์ โ๋ ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์์ ๋ญ ๊ฒฝํํ์ต๋๊น? ________________________________________ 3) ๋ค์์ โ์ โ๋ ๋ญ ํ๊ณ ์ถ์ต๋๊น? ________________________________________ p.65
Grammar 1. [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค]: to become~, a change of condition [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค] is used for expressing (1) a change of condition or (2) how one changes to become a certain way. Following the โvowel harmonyโ rules in Korean, use [~์ ์ง๋ค] if the vowel of the last syllable of verbs or adjectives is [ใ ] or [ใ ]. Use [~์ด ์ง๋ค] when the vowel of the last syllable of verbs or adjectives is not [ใ ] or [ใ ]. The verb [ํ๋ค] is irregular. Use [~ ํด ์ง๋ค] for the [ํ๋ค] verb modification. [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค] is essentially a passive voice construction. This means that there is no grammatical object in the sentence with [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค]. Use a subject particle only in a sentence with [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค].
p.66
2. [~๋ค ๋ณด๋]: while~ [~๋ค ๋ณด๋] is used when there is one ongoing action and there is another action that occurs after some time has passed. The second action happens when the first action was still progressing. The first action is not necessarily a cause of what has ensued after that, but in many cases the first action is implied to have influenced the second. The preceding situation could be a condition (adjectives) or an action (verbs).
3. [~์์/~์ด์]: stating a reason [~์์/~์ด์] has two functions in connecting two sentences: (1) use [~์ ์/~์ด์] when one action or condition happens after another action or condition (โcontinuous actionsโ as in โgo fishingโ) or (2) use when one action or condition in the first sentence is a cause of the second action or condition. In this chapter, we will focus on practicing the function (2), stating a cause-and-effect relation. It could be loosely translated into because or so in English depending on the context. Following the vowel harmony rule in Korean, use [~์์] after the verb or adjective stem that ends with vowel [ใ ] or [ใ ] and use [~์ด์] for all other vowels.
Grammar practice 1. Complete the sentences as in the examples using [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค] pattern. (example) ๊ทธ ๋ง์์จ์ ๋ฐ๋ปํจ์ด (๋๋ผ๋ค, past tense) โ ๋ ๊ปด์ก๋ค
1) ์์ด๊ฐ ํฌ๋ฉด์ (์ฐฉํ๋ค, past tense) โ _________________________________ 2) ๊ทธ ์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฐ ์ (๊ฐ๋ค, present tense) โ _________________________________ 3) ์ผ๊ตด์ด (๋นจ๊ฐ๋ค, past tense) โ _________________________________ 4) ์ค์ํ ์๋ฌด๊ฐ (์ฃผ๋ค, past tense) โ _________________________________
5) ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ์ ์ (์ถฅ๋ค, present tense) โ _________________________________ 6) ์ผ์์ผ์ ๊ฐ๊ธฐ๋ก (์ ํ๋ค, past tense) โ _________________________________ 2. Complete the sentences using [~๋ค ๋ณด๋] with the English cues in parenthesis. p.67
(example) ๋ผ๋ฉด๋ง
(while eating) ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ด ๋๋น ์ก๋ค.
1) ์์ ๋ ์จ๊ฐ __________________ (while being cold) ๊ฐ๊ธฐ์ ๊ฑธ ๋ ธ๋ค. 2) __________________ (while doing practice) ๋ง์ด ํจ๊ณผ๊ฐ ์๋ค. 3) ์ถ์ ์ ______________________ (while participating in) ๊ธฐ๋ถ์ด ์ข์์ก๋ค. 4) _______________________ (while sleeping) ๋ฒ์จ ์์ธ์ ๋์ฐฉํ ๋ค. 5) ์ง์ ๋ก๊ผฌ์น๋ฅผ ______________________ (while making) ๋ฒ์จ 4 ์๊ฐ ๋์๋ค. 3. State a reason in the parenthesis using [ ~์์/~์ด์] form. 1) ______________________ (Because I was hungry) ๋ก๋ณถ์ด์ ๊น๋ฐฅ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋๋ฅผ 10๋ถ๋ง์ ๋ค ๋จน์๋ค. 2) ๊ทธ๋ ์ ______________________ (because I was tired) ์ผ์ฐ ์ ์ด ๋ค์๋ค. 3) ______________________ (Because it was Sunday) ๊ณต์์์ ์ฐ ์ฑ ์ ์ค๋๋์ ํ๋ค.
4) ______________________ (Because I met a friend) ์ค๋๋์ ์ด์ผ ๊ธฐ๋ ํ๊ณ ๋๋ฌด ์ข์๋ค. 5) ______________________ (Because I ate breakfast) ๋ ๋ ํ๋ค. 4. Complete the remaining part of each sentence with a logical outcome. 1) ๋๋ฌด ํผ๊ณคํด์ ์ด์ ๋ฐค์ __________________________. 2) ์ ์ฌ์ ๋๋ฌด ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ํ์ __________________________. 3) ํ๊ฐ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๋ง์์ __________________________. 5. Fill out the following table with appropriate modifications using [~์ ์ง๋ค] or [~์ด ์ง๋ค].
p.68
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ์ด์ด์ ์์ ๋ฐด๋์ ๊ณต์ฐ๊ณผ ํ์๋ค์ด ๋ง๋๋ ์๋ฆฌ ๋ํ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋ ๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ์ด์ ๋ ์น๊ตฌ์ ์ด๋๋ก K ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์ ๊ฐ ๋ดค์ต๋๋ค.
: ____________________________________ 3. ๋ ๋ํ์์ ์ด๋ฆฐ ์ถ์ ๋ ์ ๊ฐ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฝํํ ์ ์๋ ์ข์ ์๊ฐ์ด์ ์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ Korean college clubs
Short writing practice 1: On the available YouTube website, enter the search term โ[KUTV] ์ํ๋๋์ โ and watch the video for about three minutes. This universityโs festival is one of the more popular college festivals in Korea. What did you see? Did you notice what the studentsโ activities were in this festival? What events and activities are shown on this universityโs festival? How did the students look? Create a list of activities happening in this university as you saw in the video and write them down chronologically from the first day. Video title: ____________________________________ Day 1: ________________________________________ Day 2: ________________________________________ Day 3: ________________________________________
Day 4: ________________________________________ p.69
Short writing practice 2: Have you been in a college event or festival in your country or in Korea? Letโs write about the events. What were the popular activites in those occasions? If you havenโt been to a college festival, write about an interesting event you participated in from any past experience such as musical concerts or local regional festivals. Describe what you have seen in these events in five sentences. Write one sentence with [~์ ์ง๋ค/~์ด ์ง๋ค] and write one other sentence using [~๋ค ๋ณด๋]. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
_________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ p.70
English translation Reading: college festival I went to the E college festival last week. Various kinds of events were taking place for three days on campus. First of all, together they mixed a big bibimbop bowl with enough that 300 students could eat simultaneously and performances of musical bands and a student cooking competition took place in succession. Students sold their own delicious foods such as sweet and spicy rice cake skewers, blood sausage and fruit teas on campus. And the art college students sold their own postcard creations and handmade fans. Again, invited by my friend, I went to the K college festival yesterday. Here I watched Indie band performances, played watergun games, and watched the e-Sports games live. I had been stressed out a while due to studying, as I participated in the festival, I felt better and better. On the other side, international college students brought out their countryโs proud objects
and introduced them and carried out a foreigner food festival. Here I tried eating foods from India, China, Mongolia, Vietnam, Brazil, Uganda, Japan, and the Phillipines. Two festivals in two colleges were a good time for me to experience college culture in Korea. And it was more fun and meaningful because I enjoyed them with my friends. I would like to participate in more college festivals next year. I would like to make and sell my (our) countryรข€™s food and play more fun games!
p.71
Chapter 8 Part-time job ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ
Pre-reading questions 1. Have you ever worked as a part-timer at a shop or at a company? Tell us about your experience or someone elseโs if you know any story. 2. What kind of a part-time job do you want to take if you have an opportunity? Why? 3. What are popular part-time jobs in your country?
Figure 8.1 ์ปคํผ์ ์๋ฐ Source: ยฉ XiXinXing/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 8.2 ํ์ฌ ์ธํด Source: ยฉ imtmphotoShutterstock.com.
p.72
Reading ์ธ๊ธฐ์๋ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, ์๋ฐ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋งค์ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ(์์นญ โ์๋ฐโ)๊ฐ ์ ํ์ด๋ค. 1์์ด๋ฉด ์ฐ๋ง ์ ์ฐ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, 2์์ด๋ฉด ๋ฐ๋ ํ์ธ ๋ฐ์ด๋ ์กธ์ ์ ํ์ฌ ๋์ฐ๋ฏธ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, 3์์๋ ๋ํ์์ด๋ ๊ณ ๋ฑ ํ์๋ค์ด ํ๊ธฐ ๋ด๋ด ์ฅ๊ธฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ํ ์ ์๋ ํ๊ต ๊ทผ์ฒ ์์์ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, 4์์ ๊ฒฐํผ์์ด ๋ง์์ง๋ฏ๋ก ์์์ฅ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ๋๊ณ ๋ ๊ณต์ฌ์ฅ์์ ์ผ ํ๋ ๋จ์ ๋ ธ๋ฌด ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ๋ง๋ค. ์ด์ค๊ณ ํ์๋ค์ด ์ผ์ธ ํ๋์ ๋ง์ด ํ๋ 5์์๋ ์ฒดํ ํ์ต ๊ต์ฌ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, 6์์๋ ๊ด๊ณต์๋ ํ์ฌ์ ์ธํด ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, ๋ฌด๋์ด7โ8์์ด๋ฉด ์์์ฅ์์ ์ผํ๋ ์ ์ ์์ ์์์ด๋ ์ ํธ ์คํค ๋ฌผ๋์ด ๊ฐ์ฌ ๋ฑ ๋ฐ์บ์ค์ ๊ด๋ จํ ์๋ฅด ๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ค์ด ์ธ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋ง๋ค. ๋ ํ์ฌ๋ฆ ๋๋์์์๋ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์ด ๋ฌด๋
์ด ๋ฎ์ ํผํด ๋ฐค์ ์ธ์ถํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๋ ๋ง์๋ฐ, ์ด ๋ ๋ณดํต ์ฌ์ผ ๊ทน์ฅ, ์ฌ์ผ ์ปคํผ์, ์๋๋ฉด 24์๊ฐ ๋งค์ฅ ๋ฑ์ ๋ง์ด ์ด์ฉํ๋ค. ๊ทธ๋์ ์ด๋ฐ ๊ณณ์์ ์ผ๊ฐ์ ํ ์ ์๋ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ์ธ๊ธฐ๋ค. 9์์๋ ์ถ์ ์ผ ํ์ฒ ์ ๋ง์ดํด1โ2์ฃผ๊ฐ ํ ์ ์๋ ๋ฐฑํ์ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ์งญ์งคํ๋ค. 10์~11์๊ฒฝ์๋ ์คํค์ฅ ์๋ฐ๋ฅผ ํ์ธํด ๋ณด๋๊ฒ ์ข๋ค. ์คํค์ฅ ๋ฆฌ์กฐ ํธ์ธก์์ ์ด์์ ํ์ํ ๊ฐ์ข ์์์ ํ๋ณดํ๋ ์๊ธฐ์ด๋ฏ๋ก 10์์ฏค ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์์๋ณด๋ฉด ์ข๊ฒ ๋ค. 12์์๋ ํฌ๋ฆฌ์ค๋ง์ค์ ์ฐ๋ง์ฐ์์ ๊ด๋ จํ ํ๋งค ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ๊ฐ์ธ์ด๊ณ , ๋ ์ฐ๋ง ํ์ฌ์ ๊ด๋ จํด ํ์ฌ ์์ ์ ๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ์ฑํํ๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๊ณ์ ๋ณ, ์๊ธฐ๋ณ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ๋น ๋ฅธ ์๊ฐ ์์ ๋ชจ์ง ๊ด๊ณ ๊ฐ ๋์ค๊ณ ๋ ๋น ๋ฅธ ์๊ฐ ๋ด์ ์ฑ์ฉ์ ํ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ ์ ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ์ฑ ๋ฑ์ ์ด์ฉํด ๊ทธ๋๊ทธ๋ ์ ๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ฒดํฌํ๊ณ ์ค์๊ฐ์ผ๋ก ๊ด์ฌ์๋ ์ผ์๋ฆฌ์ ์ง์ํด ๋ณด๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ฅผ ์ฐพ๋๋ฐ ๋์์ด ๋๋ค.
Vocabulary
p.73
p.74
p.75
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ______________ ์์๋ ๋ฐ๋ ํ์ธ ๋ฐ์ด๋ ์กธ์ ์ ํ์ฌ ๋์ฐ๋ฏธ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ์ ํ์ด๋ค. 2) 3์์๋ ํ์๋ค์ด ํ๊ธฐ ๋ด๋ด 3โ4 ______________ ์ ๋ ์ฅ๊ธฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ํ ์ ์๋ ํ๊ต ๊ทผ์ฒ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ์ข๋ค. 3) 4์์๋ ๊ณต์ฌ์ฅ์์ ์ผํ๋ ๋จ์ ______________ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ๋ ๋ง๋ค.
4) ํ์ฌ๋ฆ ๋๋์์์๋ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์ด ______________ ๋ฎ์ ํผํด ๋ฐค์ ์ธ์ถํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๋ ๋ง๋ค. 5) ๋ณดํต ์ฌ์ผ ๊ทน์ฅ, ์ฌ์ผ ์ปคํผ์, ์๋๋ฉด 24์๊ฐ ๋งค์ฅ ๋ฑ์ ๋ง์ด ______________. 6) ์ฐ๋ง ํ์ฌ์ ๊ด๋ จํด ํ์ฌ ______________ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ์ฑํํ ๋ค. 7) 12์์๋ ํฌ๋ฆฌ์ค๋ง์ค์ ์ฐ๋ง์ฐ์์ ๊ด๋ จํ ______________ ์ ๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ๊ฐ์ธ์ด๊ณ ์ฐ๋ง ํ์ฌ์ ๊ด๋ จํด ํ์ฌ ์์ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ด ํธ๋ ์ฑํํ๋ค. 8) ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ๋น ๋ฅธ ์๊ฐ ์์ ๋ชจ์ง ๊ด๊ณ ๊ฐ ๋์ค๊ณ ๋น ๋ฅธ ์๊ฐ ์ ์ ______________ ํ๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) 9์์๋ ์ผํ์ฒ ์ ๋ง์ดํด ์คํค์ฅ ์๋ฐ๋ฅผ ์ฐพ์ ๋ณธ๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ์คํค์ฅ ์๋ฐ๋ 12์์์ 1์์ ์ฐพ์ ๋ณธ๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ์ฑ ๋ฑ์ ์ด์ฉํด ์ง์ํ๋ฉด ๋น ๋ฅด๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) 4์์ ์์์ฅ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ ๊ณต์ฌ์ฅ ๋จ์ ๋ ธ๋ฌด ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ๋ง ๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ์ฌ๋ฆ์๋ ์์ ์์ ์์์ด๋ ๋ฌผ๋์ด ๊ฐ์ฌ ๋ฑ์ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ๋ง๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) midday
: ______________
2) to search for
: ______________
3) seasonal
: ______________
4) to welcome
: ______________
5) to be lucrative
: ______________
6) sweltering
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related.
1) ์๋ฐ ยท ยท a) ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ 2) ํ์ฌ ยท ยท b) ํ๋งค 3) ๊ด๊ณต์ ยท ยท c) ๋์ฐ๋ฏธ 4) ํฌ๋ฆฌ์ค๋ง์ค ยท ยท d) ์ธํด 5) ๋ชจ์ง ยท ยท e) ๊ด๊ณ 5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ๊ด๊ณต์๋ ํ์ฌ์ ์ธํด ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ๋ง์ ์ง๋ ๋๋ ์ธ์ ์ ๋ ๊น? ________________________________________ 2) ํ์ฌ๋ฆ ๋๋์์์ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์ด ๋ฌด๋์ด ๋ฎ์ ํผํด ๋ญ ํฉ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 3) ์ถ์ ์ผํ์ฒ ์ ๋ง์ดํด ํ์๋ค์ด ์ด๋ค ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๊น? ________________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก]: reason, or source of the statement [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] is used for describing one clause as the reason for another, close to the English connector โbecause~.โ [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] sometimes provides a speakerโs beliefs with sources, justifications or reasonable assumptions. Notice that [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] cannot be used in connection to giving suggestions or giving orders to someone. To make a suggestion or an order after stating a reason, use [~์ผ๋๊น/~๋๊น] instead. See the comparisons of correct and incorrect examples for the proper usage in the table. p.76
There are different occasions that you should use [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก] and [~๋ฏ๋ก]. Letโs take a look at the following occasions and sentence examples shown in the table.
*Abbreviation lit. is for โliterally.โ
p.77
2. [๋งค~] + time unit: every~ / each occasion of~ [๋งค~] is an affix that is generally attached to a Sino Korean word (a Chinese language-origin Korean word) to mean โevery-โ as in โevery weekโ (๋งค์ฃผ) or โevery monthโ (๋งค๋ฌ). Here are some more common expressions used with this affix [๋งค~]. It could be used with a noun but the most frequent usage is found in time expressions.
3. [~๊ฒ ~]: would~
Like the English expression โwould,โ or sometimes โwill,โ [~๊ฒ ~] is used to say (1) oneโs intention, (2) willingness, (3) expectations for near future, and (4) polite and mild-mannered expressions. Place a verb and subject honorific (if applicable) before [~๊ฒ ~], and place a sentence ending after [~๊ฒ ~] to complete a sentence. There will be always preceding and following words before and after [~๊ฒ ~]. Letโs see some examples of each usage of [~๊ฒ ~].
p.78
Grammar practice 1. Combine the two sentences using [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] as in the example. (example) ๊ฐ์ ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ์ข๋ค + ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ์ด ๋ง๋ค. โ ๊ฐ์ ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ์ข์ผ๋ฏ๋ก ๊ด๊ด๊ฐ์ด ๋ง๋ค.
1) 9์ผ์ด ๋ช ์ ์ด๋ค + ๊ธธ์ด ๋ง์ด ๋งํ ๊ฑฐ์์. โ _____________________________________ 2) ์๋ฒ๋์ด ์ค์ จ๋ค + ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ ๋ ์ค๋น๋ฅผ ํด์ผ๊ฒ ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 3) ์ฌํ์ด๋ ๋ ๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ์ผํ๋ค + ๋์ ๋ง์ด ๋ฒ์๋ค โ _____________________________________ 4) ์ฑ์ ์ด ์ ์ข์๋ค + ์ข์ ๋ํ์ ๊ฐ์ง ๋ชปํ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 2. Write the following phrases in Korean. 1) every week
: _____________________
2) every month
: ___________ or ___________
3) every semester
: _____________________
4) every year
: _____________________
5) every time
: _____________________
3. The following conversations are best completed with [~๊ฒ ~]. Complete the conversations following the English cues in parenthesis. 1) ๊ฐ: ์ด๊ฑด ์ข ๋งํ๊ธฐ ํ๋ ๋ฐ . . . ๋: ์ ๋๋ก ๋น๋ฐ์ __________________________ (I will definitely keep your secret). 2) ๊ฐ: ๋๊ฐ ์์ผ ํํฐ๋ฅผ ์ค๋นํ์ง์? ๋: ์ ๊ฐ __________________________ (I will prepare for it). 3) ๊ฐ: (weather forecast broadcast) ๋ด์ผ ์ค์ ์๋ ๋ง๊ฒ ์ง๋ง ์คํ์ ๋ ____________________________ (will rain in the afternoon). 4) ๊ฐ: ์ด์ ์์๊ฒ ์ด์? ๋: ๋ค, ์ _________________________________ (I would understand well). p.79
4. Choose the appropriate word from the box and complete the sentences.
๋งค์ผ
๋งคํ๊ธฐ
๋งค์ฃผ
๋งค์
1) ๋ํ์๋ค์ ____________________ ์๋ก์ด ์์ ์ ๋ฑ๋กํ๋ค. 2) ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ํ์ฌ์์๋ __________________ ๋ชฉ์์ผ๋ง๋ค ํ์์ด ์๋ค. 3) ____________________ 25์ผ๋ง๋ค ์๊ธ์ด ํต์ฅ์ผ๋ก ๋ค์ด์จ๋ค. 4) ________________ ์์นจ๋ง๋ค ๋ฐฅ, ๊ตญ, ๊น์น์ ๋ฐ์ฐฌ์ ์์นจ์ผ๋ก ๋จน ๋๋ค. p.80
5. Underline one incorrect word in the sentence and write it correctly next to the sentence. 1) 4์์ ๊ฒฐํผ์์ด ๋ง์์ง๋ฏ๋ก ์์์ฅ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ฅผ ์ฐพ์ ๋ณด์ธ์. 2) ์ ํฌ๊ฐ ๊ฐ๋ฏ๋ก ๋ฌธ์ ๊ฐ ํด๊ฒฐ๋์๋ค. 3) ๋งค์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ์๊ฐ์ ๋ฆ์๋ค. p.81
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. 1์์๋ ์ฐ๋ง ์ ์ฐ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ, 2์์๋ ์กธ์ ์ ํ์ฌ ๋์ฐ๋ฏธ ์๋ฅด ๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ์ ํ์ด๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ์ฌ๋ฆ์๋ ๋ฌผ๋์ด ๊ฐ์ฌ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๊ฐ ์ธ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋ง๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ์ฑ ๋ฑ์ ํตํด ๊ทธ๋๊ทธ๋ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ์ ๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ฒดํฌํด์ผ ๋๋ค.
: ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ๋ชจ์ง ๊ด๊ณ ์ฉ์ด advertising terms in part-timer ads
Short writing practice 1: Letโs search and learn about popular Korean parttime job recruiting websites. Examples of popular sites may include โ์๋ฐ์ฒ ๊ตญ alba.co.krโ or โ์๋ฐ๋ชฌ albamon.com.โ Or, any other available part-time job sites are OK for you to try. Letโs say that we choose โ์๋ฐ์ฒ๊ตญโ website. Type โ์๋ฐ ์ฒ๊ตญ ์ฒญ์๋ ์ฑ์ฉ๊ดโ (Alba Heaven Youth Hiring Center) in the search box and read some of the part-time job postings recruiting high school students. Get a good sense of what the available jobs are for high school students in Korea. Now, if you get a good sense about the job postings, letโs write about the information that you found in Korean. Choose three different kinds of parttime job postings that you found interesting and write about them. (You could choose other available website to find other part-time job information in Korea.)
Website name: _______________________________________
Short writing practice 2: Have you worked as a part-timer in the past, either in high school or in college? Or have you picked up some weekend shifts as a part-timer? Write about your experience working as a part-timer. What was the job? Who was your boss? What did you learn from the job? Where did you use the money you earned? Think about the anwers to these questions and write six sentences about your part-time experience. If you have no part-time job experience, write about the kind of part-time job you want to work someday. p.82
Title: _____________________________________ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
p.83
English translation Reading: popular part-time job, โalbaโ In Korea different part-time jobs (so called, โalbaโ) are popular in each month. In January popular part-time positions are the end of year tax calculation helper, in February Valentinesโ Day or graduation event helper, in March nearby school restaurants offer part-time jobs that high school or college students can work for longer through the semester, and in April, as the wedding ceremonies increase, wedding hall part-time jobs are increased and also many manual labor type work at construction sites are common. In May when elementary, middle, and high school students carry out many outdoor activities part-time experiential studies (field trips) instructors are popular, and in June public office or corporate intern opportunities are offered, and in sweltery July and August there are popular part-time jobs that are related to peopleโs vacation events such as jet ski water sports instructors or lifeguards in swimming pools. Also, in the metropolitan cityโs midsummer time people avoid sweltery midday time and many citizens go out at night and this is the time when they use nighttime theater, nighttime coffe shop, or 24-hour shops. So the part-time jobs that are offered in these places are popular. In September, welcoming in the big shopping season, it is lucrative to work as a 1โ2 week long department store sales clerk. It is recommended that you check ski resort part-time jobs during October and November. This is the time when the ski resorts try to secure staff to manage the upcoming season, so you should look for it in advance. In December strong part-time jobs are the sales staff for Christmas and event staff for the year-end and beginning year parties. Because all these jobs are seasonal and time sensitive, the recruiting ads are frequently available and the job posts fill up quickly, it would be helpful to use mobile apps to check available information frequently and apply in real time for the jobs that you are interested in.
p.84
Chapter 9 Korean women donโt change their names ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ ์๋ค์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์์ต ๋๋ค
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you know where your name came from? 2. Do women in your country change their names after marriage? What is the general perception about changing their names? 3. Is naming a child important in your culture? Do people place a meaning in naming their children?
Figure 9.1 ์ ํต ๊ฒฐํผ์ Source: ยฉ STUDIO JH/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 9.2 ํผ์ธ ์์ฝ์ Source: ยฉ sergiophoto/Shutterstock.com.
Reading ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ์๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์์ต๋๋ค ์๊ตญ, ๋ฏธ๊ตญ, ํธ์ฃผ, ์บ๋๋ค ๋ฑ ์์ด๊ถ ๋๋ผ๋ค๊ณผ ๋ ์ผ, ๋ฌ์์, ์ค์จ๋ด ๋ฑ ์ ๋ฝ์ ๋ช๋ช ๋๋ผ๋ค์์๋ ๊ฒฐํผํ๋ฉด ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์์ ์ ์ฑ์ ๋จ ํธ์ ์ฑ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ ์ ํต์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ํ๋ ์ด์ ๋ ๊ฒฐํผ๊ณผ ๋์์ ์ด์ ๋จํธ๊ณผ ํ ๊ฐ์กฑ์ด ๋์๋ค๋ ๋ป์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. p.85
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ ํ๋ ์ฌํ๋ก ์ ์ด๋ค๋ฉด์ ๊ฒฐํผ ํ์๋ ์ฑ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์๋ ์ฌ์ฑ์ด ๋๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ฌ์ฑ์ด ์ ์์ ๋๋ถํฐ ์์ ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ด๊ฑธ ๊ณ ์ฌ์ ์ ํ๊ฑฐ๋, ์ ๋ฌธ์ง์ ์ข ์ฌํ๋ฉฐ ์ค๋ซ๋์ ์ง์ฅ ์ํ์ ํ๊ณ , ๋ ์์ ์ ๊ฒฐํผ ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ผ๋ก ์์ ๋ฏธ๋์ด์์ ํ๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ฑ ๋ฑ์
์ถํํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๊ฐ ๋๋ฉด์ ์ฌ์ฑ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ด ํ๋์ ์ฌํ์ ๋ธ๋๋๊ฐ ๋์๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฌ๋ค ๋ณด๋ ๊ฒฐํผํ๋ฉด์ ์ฑ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ฉด ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ด ๋ฆ์ ๊ฐ์ง ์ฌ๋์ด ๋๋ฉด์ ํน์๋ผ๋ ์ด์ ์ ์์๋ ๊ฒฝ๋ ฅ์ ์ ๋๋ก ์ธ์ ๋ฐ๊ธฐ ํ๋ค ์ ์๋ค๋ ์ค์ง์ ์ธ ์ฐ๋ ค๊ฐ ์๊ฒผ์ต๋๋ค. ๋, ์ฌ์ฑ์ ๊ฒฐํผ์ด ์ ์ ๋ฆ์ด์ง๊ณ ์ฌํ ์ํ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ์ ๋๋ฉด์ ์ฌ์ฑ์ ์กด์ฌ๊ฐ์ด ์ฃผ๋ก ๊ฐ์ ์์ ๋จธ๋ฌผ๋ ๋ ์๋ ์ ๋นํด ํ๋ ์ฌํ์์๋ ์ฌ์ฑ์ ์ ์ฒด์ฑ์ด ์ฃผ๋ก ์ง์ฅ๊ณผ ์ฌํ ์์์ ํ์ฑ๋๋ค๋ ์ด์ ๋ ์์ฉํฉ๋๋ค. ๋ฐ๋ฉด, ์ ํต์ ์ผ๋ก ๊ฒฐํผ ํ์๋ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ฑ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์๋ ๋๋ผ ๋ค๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ๋น๋กฏํด ์ด๋, ์ฌ์ฐ๋ ์๋ผ๋น์, ๋ฒ ํธ๋จ, ๊ทธ ๋ฆฌ์ค, ์คํ์ธ, ๋ฒจ๊ธฐ์, ๋ง๋ ์ด์์, ์ค๊ตญ ๋ฑ์ด ์ด๋ฐ ๋๋ผ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฑ ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์๋ ๋ฐ์๋ ๊ฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ค ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ด์ ๊ฐ ์๊ฒ ์ง๋ง ํ๊ตญ์ ์์ ์ด์ ๋ ์ ๊ต์ ์ธ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ก ์๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ด๋ฆ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ชจ๋๊ป์ ์ฃผ์ ๊ทํ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ก ์ฌ๊ฒผ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ด๋ฆ์ด ์์ฃผ ๊ท์คํ ๊ฒ ์ผ๋ก ์ธ์๋์ด ์์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ํจ๋ถ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ธ๊ธฐ์ ๋์ด ์์ต ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ์ ํต์ ํ๋์ ์์๋ ์ด์ด์ ธ์ ๋ณดํต์ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ํจ๋ถ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฅด์ง ์๊ณ ๊ทธ ์ด๋ฅธ์ ์ฌํ์ ์ญํ ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. ์ฆ ํ์ฌ์์ <๊น์ค์ ๋ถ์ฅ๋>์ด๋ผ๋ ๋ถ์ด ๊ณ์๋ค๋ฉด ์ด ๋ถ์ <๊น์ค์ ์จ> ํน์ <์ค์ ์จ>๋ผ๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ผ๋ก ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด์ง ์๊ณ ๋์ <๋ถ์ฅ๋ >์ผ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋ <๊น ๋ถ์ฅ๋>์ผ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ฐ์ ๋งฅ๋ฝ์ ์, ๊ฒฐํผํ๊ณ ์์ด ์๋ง๊ฐ ๋๋ฉด ์ฌ์๋ค์ ๊ทธ ๋๋ถํฐ ๊ทธ ์์ด์ ์๋ง ์ ์ญํ ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋๋๊น ๋๋ถ๋ถ <๋๊ตฌ๋๊ตฌ ์๋ง>๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. ์ฆ ์ดํ์ ์จ๊ฐ ๊ฒฐํผํด์ ์์ด ๋ฐ์ ๋น์ ๋ณ์์ผ๋ฉด ์ดํ์ ์จ๋ ๊ทธ ๋ ๋ถํฐ ์ข ์ข <์ ๋น ์๋ง>๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ทธ ์ฌ์๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์ ํ๋ ์๋ฏธ๋ก ํด์ํ๊ธฐ๋ณด๋ค๋ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฌ๋์ ์ด๋ฆ ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฒ์ ๊บผ๋ฆฌ๋ ๋ฌธํ๊ฐ ์์ง๊น์ง ๊ฐํ๊ฒ ๋จ์ ์์ด์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฑธ ๋ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉด ํผํ๋ ํ์๋ผ๊ณ ์ดํดํ ์ ์๊ฒ ์ต ๋๋ค. ์ฌ์ค ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด ๋ฌด๋กํ๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ ์ฌ ๋๋ค๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ฒฐํผํ๊ณ ๋ ๊ทธ ๋๊ตฌ๋ ์ฑ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์์ง๋ง ๋ฐ๋ก ๊ทธ ๊ท์คํ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฑธ ํผํ๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ๋ฌธํ๋ผ ๊ณ ํ ์ ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค.
p.86
Vocabulary
p.87
p.88
p.89
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ๊ฒฐํผํ๋ฉด์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์์ ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋จํธ์ ๊ฒ ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ ์ ํต์ด ์๋ ๋๋ผ๋ค์ด ์์ต๋๋ค.
2) ______________ ๋ก ์ ์ด๋ค๋ฉด์ ๊ฒฐํผ ํ์๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์ ๋ ์ฌ์ฑ์ด ๋๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ฌ์ฑ์ด ์ ์์ ๋๋ถํฐ ์์ ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ______________ ์ฌ์ ์ ํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ฉด ์ด์ ์ ์์๋ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์ ๋๋ก ์ธ ์ ๋ฐ๊ธฐ ํ๋ค๋ค๋ ์ฐ๋ ค๊ฐ ์๊ฒผ์ต๋๋ค. 5) ํ๊ตญ์ ______________ ์ด๋, ์ฌ์ฐ๋ ์๋ผ๋น์, ๋ฒ ํธ๋จ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ค ๋ฑ์ด ์ด๋ฐ ๋๋ผ์ ๋๋ค. 6) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ด๋ฆ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ชจ๋์ด ์ฃผ์ ______________ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ก ์ฌ๊ฒผ ์ต๋๋ค. 7) ๋ณดํต์ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ ์ด๋ฅธ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ํจ๋ถ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฅด์ง ์๊ณ ๊ทธ ์ด๋ฅธ์ ์ฌํ ์ ______________ ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. 8) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฌ๋์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฒ์ ______________ ๋ฌธํ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์๊ตญ, ๋ฏธ๊ตญ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์คํ์ธ์์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ๊ฒฐํผํ๋ฉด์ ๋จํธ์ ์ฑ ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ ์ ํต์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ํ๋ ์ฌํ์์๋ ์ฌ์ฑ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ด ํ๋์ ์ฌํ์ ๋ธ๋๋๊ฐ ๋์ ์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ํ๋ ์ฌํ์์ ์ฌ์ฑ์ ์ ์ฒด์ฑ์ ์ฃผ๋ก ๊ฐ์ ์์ ํ์ฑ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ( T /F) 4) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ถ๋ชจ๋๊ป์ ์ฃผ์ ๊ทํ ๊ฒ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํฉ๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ํ๋ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฒ์ ๊บผ๋ฆฌ๋ ๋ฌธํ๋ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to give birth to
: ______________
2) to be rude
: ______________
3) up to now
: ______________
4) to be formed
: ______________
5) modern society
: ______________
6) more and more
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ํด์ํ๋ค ยท
ยท a) ์ด๋ฆ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ค
2) ๋ฌด๋กํ๋ค ยท
ยท b) ์กด์ฌ๊ฐ
3) ๊ท์คํ๋ค ยท
ยท c) ์ด๋ฆ
4) ์ ์ฒด์ฑ ยท
ยท d) ์ฌ๊ธฐ๋ค
5) ์ธ์๋๋ค ยท
ยท e) ์๋ฏธ
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ๊ฒฐํผ ํ ํธ์ฃผ๋ ์บ๋๋ค์์ ์ฌ์ฑ๋ค์ด ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ ์ด์ ๋ ๋ฌด ์์ ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 2) ํ๋ ์ฌํ์์ ์ฌ์ฑ์ ์ ์ฒด์ฑ์ ์ด๋์ ํ์ฑ๋ฉ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 3) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด ์ด๋ป๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํฉ๋๊น? ________________________________________ p.90
Grammar 1. [~์ง๋ง]: although, however; contrast between the previous phrase and the later phrases [~์ง๋ง] is used when there is a contrast between two sentences. [~์ง๋ง] could be translated into โalthough~โ or โhowever~โ in English. Another function of [~์ง๋ง] is setting a tone by introducing a background of the situation. In this function it is similar to the connector โbutโ in the
expression โExcuse me, but . . . .โ In this usage [~์ง๋ง] does not necessarily indicate a contrast between the two sentences, rather it sets the apologetic tone before requesting something. Letโs see both the examples.
p.91
2. [~์ ์๋ค/~์ด ์๋ค]: after an action took place, the condition or the effect of the action still continues [~์ ์๋ค/~์ด ์๋ค] pattern indicates after an action is completed, the condition, or the effect of the action still remains. Use [~์ ์๋ค] when the preceding verb contains [ใ ] or [ใ ] in the last syllable of the verb. Use [~์ด ์๋ค] when the preceding verb contains vowels other than [ใ ] or [ใ ] just as we have seen in many vowel harmony patterns in earlier lessons. Notice that in the form change, the [~์ด] or [~์] part is contracted into one vowel if they have two consecutive [ใ ] and [ใ ]sounds in a row or consecutive
[ใ ] and [ใ ] sounds in a row (e.g. ๊ฐ + ์ โ ๊ฐ or ์ผ์ด์ + ์ด โ ์ผ์ด์). For an honorific expression, use [~์ ๊ณ์๋ค/~์ด ๊ณ์๋ค], substituting the [์๋ค] verb in the pattern. p.92
3. [~์ด๋ผ๊ณ /~๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค]: ~is called (name)
This pattern [~์ด๋ผ๊ณ /~๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค] is very common pattern to use when expressing [A is called B]. Use [~๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค] when you have the previous word ending with a vowel. Use [~์ด๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค] when you have the previous word ending with a consonant. Keep in mind that the verb [๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค (to be called)] is a passive construction in this pattern. In the meanwhile, a similar verb [๋ถ๋ฅด๋ค (to call)] is used only in an active voice construct and thus it requires an object particle ์ or ๋ฅผ in the sentence. Letโs see the examples of these patterns in usage.
Grammar practice 1. Combine the two sentences using [~์ง๋ง] as in the example. ํ์ ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ ํ๋ค + ๋์์ ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ ๋ชปํ๋ค
โ ํ์ ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ ํ์ง๋ง ๋์์ ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ ๋ชปํ๋ค
1) ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊ฟ๋ ๋๋ค + ๊ฒฝ๋ ฅ ๋๋ฌธ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์๋ ์ฌ์๋ค ์ด ๋ง๋ค โ _____________________________________ 2) ์ค๋ก๋ค + ๊ธธ ์ข ๋ฌป๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 3) ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ค ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ด์ ๊ฐ ์๋ค + ํ๊ตญ์๋ ์ ๊ต์ ์ธ ์ด์ ๊ฐ ์๋ค โ _____________________________________ 4) ์ฃ์กํฉ๋๋ค + ํ์ฅ์ค์ด ์ด๋ ์์ต๋๊น? โ _____________________________________ 2. Complete the sentences using [~์ด ์๋ค/~์ ์๋ค] with the English translations particularly paying attention to the italics. 1) Students are remaining sitting in the classroom. : ํ์๋ค์ด ๊ต์ค์ _______________์ต๋๋ค. 2) My roommate went and is remaining in Busan. : ๋ฃธ๋ฉ์ดํธ๋ ๋ถ์ฐ์ _______________์ต๋๋ค. 3) It is regarded as a taboo to call an adultโs name thoughtlessly. : ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ํจ๋ถ๋ก ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ธ๊ธฐ์ _______________ ์ต๋๋ค. 4) The audience is standing with excitement. : ๊ด์ค๋ค์ด ํฅ๋ถํด์ _______________๋ค์. 5) Because it is Sunday, stores are closed. p.93
: ์ผ์์ผ์ด๋ผ์ ์์ ๋ค์ด _______________์ด์. 3. Complete the following sentences using the pattern [~์ด๋ผ๊ณ /~๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ ๋ฆฌ๋ค] as in the example.
(example) (Jessica is called a superwoman.) : ์ ์์นด๋ ์ํผ ์ฐ๋จผ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค.
1) (In school we call David a math genius.) : ๋ฐ์ด๋น์ ์ํ ์ฒ์ฌ _____________________๋๋ค. 2) (From that time on she is called <Yoobinโs mom>.) : ๊ทธ ๋๋ถํฐ <์ ๋น ์๋ง> _____________________๋๋ค. 3) (He is called a general manager in the company.) : ํ์ฌ์์ ๊ทธ๋ ๋ถ์ฅ๋ _____________________๋ค. 4) (The black cat is called a demon.) : ๊ฒ์ ๊ณ ์์ด๋ ์ ๋ง _____________________๋ค. 5) (Our general manager is called a strategist.) : ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ถ์ฅ๋์ ์ ๋ต๊ฐ _____________________๋๋ค. 4. Complete the dialogue with the given cues in the parenthesis. 1) ๊ฐ: ๋ฐ์์ฒ ๋ถ์ฅ๋์ ๋ณดํต ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๊น? ๋: __________________________ (We call him as general manager Pak) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ง์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ถ๋ฅด์ง ์์ง์. 2) ๊ฐ: ๊ทธ๋ผ, ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๋ ์ด๋์ ๊ณ์ธ์? ๋: __________________________ (Use honorific; (My) grandfather went to Seoul and is now there) 3) ๊ฐ: ์ฌ์๋ค์ ๋ณดํต ์ด๋์์ ์ ์ฒด์ฑ์ ์ฐพ์ต๋๊น? ๋: ์๋ ์๋ ๋ณดํต ์ง์์ ์ผํ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ฒด์ฑ์ ์ฐพ์ __________________________ _______________________________________ (but in the modern society women work in workplaces and find their identities.)
5. Complete the statements 1โ5 by choosing the most appropriate expressions from the box. ๋ถ๋ฅธ๋ค์ง๋ง
๋ฌด๋กํ๋ค์ง๋ง ์์๊ฒ ์ง๋ง ๋ง ์ค๋ก์ง๋ง
๋์๋ค์ง
1) ____________________ ๊ธธ ์ข ๋ฌป๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. 2) ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์ ๊ฐ์ ๋ณด์๋ฉด ____________________ ์ฌ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ์ ์ผ ์๋๋ค. p.94
3) ํ ๊ฐ์กฑ์ด __________________ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋จํธ์ ์ฑ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๊พธ๋ ๊ฑธ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ์์ํ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. 4) ๋ณดํต ๋ถ์ฅ๋์ด๋ผ๊ณ ____________________ ๊ฐ๋ ๊น์ค์ ๋ถ์ฅ๋ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ค ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. 5) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด ____________________ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด ์คํ๋ ค ์ด์ํ๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ์ฌ์ฑ๋ค์ด ์์ ๋ฏธ๋์ด์์ ํ๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ฑ ๋ฑ์ ์ถํํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๊ฐ ๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ๋ฒจ๊ธฐ์, ๋ง๋ ์ด์์, ์ค๊ตญ, ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ฒฐํผ ํ์๋ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ฑ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ๊ท์คํ ์ด๋ฆ์ ์ง์ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ ๊ฑธ ํผํ๋ ๋ฌธํ๋ผ๊ณ ํ ์ ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค.
: ____________________________________ p.95
Additional useful expressions: ์ด๋ฆ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ฅด ๋ ํํ๋ค expressions of common calling terms
Short writing practice 1: Do you usually call your boss by name? If you do, do you call his or her name by the first name or by the last name? Or, do you have different calling terms for the people who are in a higher position or older instead of calling them directly by their names? Tell us what kind of calling terms and conventions that you have in your culture in various situations. Write four sentences about how you would call someone including each of the concepts in the box.
โข โข โข โข 1. 2. 3. 4.
older male/female boss; friendโs mother/father; stranger on the street, adult male/female; waiter/waitress at a family restaurant. ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ p.96
Short writing practice 2: Are you from a country where women change their family names after marriage or are you from a country where women do not change their names throughout their lives? Either way, how do people think in your country about changing womenโs names? Also, how do people think about changing names in general? Is it allowed to change a personโs name? Why do you think some people change their names? Write three sentences about name changing including womenโs name change and name changing in general. Provide some examples of the cases where people change their names. 1. ________________________________ 2. ________________________________ 3. ________________________________ Short writing practice 3: Are there any job fields in your culture where women or men tend to work more dominantly than the other gender? For example, in Korea, nursing positions are usually filled up with women. Name a few common workplaces where women or men are more dominant in the field. Use available online dictionary to find Korean vocabulary for these jobs.
p.97
English translation Reading: Korean women donโt change their names In English speaking countries, like England, USA, Australia, and Canada, and some European countries, like Germany, Russia, and Sweden, there is a tradition that women change their family names into their husbandsโ family names after they get married. The reason is that this means upon marriage the woman became a member of the husbandโs family. However, as we moved into modern society women who do not change their family names are increasing. As the cases increase where women use their names for business, work as a professional for a long time, being active in social media with their pre-marital names, or are authoring books, womenโs names became a social branding. As these happen, a woman becomes a different person if she changes her name after marriage, thus there is the practical concern of whether the woman is recognized properly for her career which she has accumulated. Additionally, there is another reason that as womenโs marriages are delayed and the time of their social life is increased in a modern society, womenโs identities are mainly formed in workplaces and in a social life compared to the past days where women were identified with home life. p.98
On the other hand, there are countries that women traditionally do not change their family names. Including Korea, these countries are Iran, Saudi Arabia, Vietnam, Greece, Spain, Belgium, Malaysia, and China, and so on. There would be different reasons for each country why they do not change
their family names. The reason in Korea is that Koreans regard that their names are preciously given from their parents following the Confucious ideal. In Korea names have been recognized as very precious so it is taboo to call out peoplesโ names thoughtlessly. This tradition continues today so usually adultsโ names are not called out thoughtlessly and people call adults by their social roles. Namely, if you assume that there is a person Kim Yoon Sik, the general manager, Koreans do not call this person directly as Mr. Kim Yoon Sik or Mr. Yoon Sik, instead they call him as the general manager or general manager Kim. In the same context, when women marry and have children, from that time they play a role of mother thus most people call the woman mother of so and so. In other words, if Ms. Yi Hyeon Suk marries and gives a birth to a child Pak Yoobin, Yi Hyeon Suk is called often as Yoobinโs mother from then on. It is not that someone tries to disregard this womanโs presence, rather, it is better interpreted that in Korea people historically tended to avoid directly calling someoneโs name and this culture still remains strongly. In fact, some people think that calling adults names directly is a rude action. One can say that it is the interesting part of the Korean culture that no one changes their names after the marriage yet nobody calls the precious name itself directly either.
p.99
Section 2
p.101
Chapter 1 Pine tree and magpie ์๋ ๋ฌด์ ๊น์น
Pre-reading questions 1. Did you know Koreans have a special tree that they love and admire? 2. Do you know what peopleโs perceptions are on ravens, crows, and magpies in different cultures? 3. Do you have a representative tree or a representative bird in your country? Do you know what they represent about your country?
Figure 1.1 ์๋๋ฌด Source: ยฉ Jaelim Roh.
Figure 1.2 ๊น์น Source: ยฉ jinho kim/Pixabay.com.
Reading ์๋๋ฌด์ ๊น์น ๊ฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ค ๊ทธ ๋๋ผ๋ฅผ ๋ํํ๋ ์์ง๋ค์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ์์ง ๋ค์ ๋๋ฌผ์ด๋ ์๋ฌผ์ธ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์๋ฐ, ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์ฌ๋ฌ ๋๋ฌด๋ค ์ค ํนํ ์๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํํ๋ ์์ง์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํฉ๋๋ค. ์๋ ๋ฌด๋ ํ๊ตญ ์ด๋์์๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ด์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ์๊ฒ ๋ฌด์ฒ ์น์ ํ ๋๋ฌด์ ๋๋ค. ๊ณง๊ฒ ์๋ ์๋๋ฌด๋ ๋จ๋จํด์ ์ค๋์ ๋ถํฐ ์ง์ ์ง๋๋ฐ ์ฐ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ ์ฆ์ธ ์ก์ง๊ณผ ๊ฝ๊ฐ๋ฃจ์ธ ์กํ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ ์ง๊ธ ๊น์ง๋ ์ฝ์ฌ๋ก ์ฐ์ด๋ ๋ฑ ์์ฃผ ์ฐ์์ด ๋ค์ํฉ๋๋ค. ์๋๋ฌด๋ ๊ฒจ ์ธ์๋ ์์ ์๊น์ด ๋ณํ์ง ์๋ ์๋ก์์ด๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ ๋ค์ ์๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ๋ณํ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์งํค๋ ๋๋ฌด๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํ์ต๋ ๋ค. p.102
์๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋๋ฌด๋ผ๋ฉด, ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ์๋ ๊น์น์ ๋๋ค. โ๊น์น๊ฐ ์ธ๋ฉด ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ด ์๋์ด ์จ๋คโ๋ ์๋ง์ด ์๋๋ฐ, ์ด๊ฒ์ ๊น ์น๊ฐ ์ค์ ๋ก ๋ฏ์ ์ฌ๋์ ๋ณด๊ณ ์ธ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ ๋๋ํ์์ ๊น์น๋ ์๋ฆฌํ ์์ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง๋ก ์์ฃผ ๋ฑ์ฅํ๊ธฐ๋ ํฉ ๋๋ค. ํํธ, ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์๋ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ๋๋ฌด์ ์๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ์์ง ํ๋ ๋๋ฌด๋ ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด์ด๊ณ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ๋ํํ๋ ์๋ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ ์ ๋๋ค. ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด๋ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ์ด๋์์๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ ์ฐพ์๋ณผ ์ ์๋ ์น์ ํ ๋๋ฌด์ ๋๋ค. ์ด ๋๋ฌด๋ ์์ด ๋ฌด์ฑํ๊ณ ๊ฑด๊ฐํ๊ฒ ์๋ผ์ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ฌ๋ํ๋ ๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ ์ ์งํฉ๋๋ค. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ํต๋ น์ ์ธ์ฅ์๋ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ๊ทธ๋ ค์ ธ ์๊ณ 25์ผํธ์ง๋ฆฌ ๋์ ์์๋ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ฐพ์๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์ด๋ค ๋๋ผ๋ฅผ ๋ํํ๋ ์์ง์ ๋ณด๋ฉด ๊ทธ ์์ ๊ทธ ๋๋ผ ์ฌ ๋๋ค์ด ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์๊ฐํ๋ ๊ฐ์น๊ฐ ๋ด๊ฒจ์ ธ ์๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ต๋๋ค.
Vocabulary
p.103
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ๊ฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ค ๊ทธ ๋๋ผ๋ฅผ ๋ํํ๋ ______________ ๋ค์ด ์์ต๋ ๋ค. 2) ______________ ์/๋ ๊ฒจ์ธ์๋ ์์ ์๊น์ด ๋ณํ์ง ์๋ ๋ ๋ฌด๋ฅผ ๋งํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ์๋๋ฌด๋ ์ง์ ์ง๋๋ฐ ์ฐ์ด๊ณ ๋ ________________์ด๋ ์กํ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ ์ฝ์ฌ๋ก ์ฐ์ด๋ ๋ฑ ์ฐ์์ด ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. 4) ๊น์น๋ ______________์ด๋ผ์ ๊ณผ์ผ, ๊ณก์, ๊ณค์ถฉ์ด๋ ์์ ๋ฌผ ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ฑ์ ๋จน๊ณ ์ฝ๋๋ค. 5) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ ์์ง์ ______________ ์ ๋๋ค. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ํต๋ น ์ ์ธ์ฅ์๋ ๊ทธ๋ ค์ ธ ์์ต๋๋ค. p.104
6) ํ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์ฌ๊ธฐ๋ ๊ฐ์น๋ ______________ ์/๊ณผ ______________ ์ ๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์๋๋ฌด๋ ๋จ๋จํด์ ์ง์ ์ง๋๋ฐ ๋ง์ด ์ฐ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ์๋๋ฌด๋ ๊ฐ์์ด ๋๋ฉด ๋จํ์ด ๋ค์ด ์์ด ๋จ์ด์ง๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ์๋ ๊น์น์ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ธ์ ๋์ ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์๊ฐํด์ ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด๋ฅผ ์์ง์ผ๋ก ์๊ฐ ํฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ๊น์น๋ ์ฌ๋์ ์์๋ณด๋ ์๋ฆฌํ ์์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to appear
: ______________
2) green or blue color
: ______________
3) to represent
: ______________
4) grain
: ______________
5) be contained
: ______________
6) be unfamiliar
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ๊น์น โ
ยทa) ์ก์์ฑ
2) ์๋ก์ โ
ยทb) ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ
3) ๊ฐ์น โ
ยทc) ์๋๋ฌด
4) ์๋ โ
ยทd) ์๊ฐ
5) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ โ
ยทe) ๋ฏ์ ์ฌ๋
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์์งํ๋ ์๋๋ฌด๋ ์ด๋ค ๊ฐ์น๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๊น? ___________________________________ 2) ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด์ ํน์ง์ ๋ฌด์์ ๋๊น? (ํน์ง โ traits) ___________________________________ 3) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ธ์ ๋ฌด์์ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํฉ๋๊น? ___________________________________
Grammar 1. [~๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค]: think that~ p.105
This expression [~๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค] is equal to the English expression โthink that~.โ It is a frequent and common expression in day-to-day use. When you make a statement with the copular [์ด๋ค] or [์๋๋ค], use [~๋ผ๊ณ ] if the previous word ends with a vowel and use [~์ด๋ผ๊ณ ] if the previous word ends with a consonant. You can also find a similar pattern in the expression [~(์ด๋ผ/๋ผ/๋ค)๊ณ ํ๋ค] โthey say that~.โ Letโs see the usages of this pattern through some examples.
Note: C = consonant, V = vowel
Except for the copular [์ด๋ค/์๋๋ค], use [~๋ค๊ณ ] pattern for all other verbs. To express your opinions and thoughts, write the statement and connect it to the sentence connector [~๋๋ค๊ณ ] or [~ใด๋ค๊ณ ]. Use [~๋๋ค ๊ณ ] after the consonant ending verb stem except stems which end with [ใน]. Use [~ใด๋ค๊ณ ] after the vowel or [ใน] ending verb stem. Letโs see some examples of โthink that~โ expression with different verbs.
p.106
2. Adverbial [~๊ฒ] Attaching [~๊ฒ] at the end of some adjectives will make the adjectives adverbs. See examples of this adjective-to-adverb change.
Most adjectives that end with [~์ ์ด๋ค] do not change into adverbs by attaching [~๊ฒ]. Typically, this group of adjectives attach [~์ผ๋ก] after [~ ์ ] at the end to become adverbs.
3. Passive construct [~์ด] Some verbs use [~์ด] to make a passive voice. Letโs look at some examples using this construct. 1) ์ฐ๋ค (to use) โ ์ฐ ๋ค (to be used)
2) ๋ณด๋ค (to see) โ ๋ณด ๋ค (to be seen)
p.107
It will be helpful to keep in mind that active voice and passive voice would typically use the following word order and grammatical patterns in a
sentence. Notice that the object in the active sentence disappears in the passive formation. In the passive formation, there is often just a subject of the sentence present.
There are other forms of passive constructs such as [~ํ, ~๋ฆฌ, ~๊ธฐ, ...] depending on the verb but we will focus practicing one more passive construct with [~ํ] in this lesson as [~ํ] is commonly used. Letโs take a look at some passive construct examples of [~ํ]. ์ก๋ค (to catch) โ ์ก ๋ค (to be caught)
Grammar practice 1. Combine the two sentences into one as seen in the example. (example) ๊น์น๋ ์ก์์ฑ์ด๋ค + ~ (์ด๋ผ/๋ผ/๋ค)๊ณ ํฉ๋ ๋ค โ ๊น์น๋ ์ก์์ฑ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค.
1) ๊น์น๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ์์ด๋ค + ~ (์ด๋ผ/๋ผ/๋ค)๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 2) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ํต๋ น์ ์ธ์ฅ์ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ์๋ค + ~ (์ด๋ผ/๋ผ/ ๋ค)๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ p.108
3) ๊น์น๋ ์๋ฆฌํ ์์ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง์ด๋ค + ~ (์ด๋ผ/๋ผ/๋ค)๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 4) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ธ์๊ฒ๋ ๊ฑด๊ฐ๊ณผ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ด ์ค์ํ๋ค + ~ (์ด๋ผ/๋ผ/๋ค)๊ณ ํฉ ๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 2. Write the following sentences in Korean. 1) They say that the magpie is an omnivore. โ _____________________________________ 2) They say that bald eagle is a bird that represents America. โ _____________________________________ 3) I think the pine resin has various uses. โ _____________________________________ 3. Underline the incorrect part of the following sentences and write a correct expression next to the sentence. 1) ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด๋ ์ด๋์์๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ ์ฐพ์๋ณผ ์ ์๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ์๋๋ฌด๋ ๋ณํ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์๋ ๋๋ฌด๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ๊ฝ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ ๋ค์ํ๊ฒ ์ฐ์ธ๋ค๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 4. Write the adverbial form of the given adjectives. 1) ์์๋ค
: ________________
2) ์์ง์ ์ด๋ค
: ________________
3) ์ค์ํ๋ค
: ________________
4) ์ธ๊ณ์ ์ด๋ค
: ________________
5) ๋ฏ์ค๋ค
: ________________
5. Create a sentence using all the given words in ( ) as shown in the example. (example) (์ฝ, ์กํ๊ฐ๋ฃจ, ์ฐ์ด๋ค): ์ฝ์ผ๋ก ์กํ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๊ฐ ์ฐ ์ธ๋ค.
1) (์ ๊ฐ, ์์ง, ์๋๋ฌด, ์ฐ์ด๋ค)
: ____________________
2) (๋ํต๋ น, ์ธ์ฅ, ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ, ๋ณด์ด๋ค)
: ____________________
3) (์ค๋, ํ ๋ผ, ๋นจ๋ฆฌ, ์กํ๋ค)
: ____________________
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. p.109
1. ์๋๋ฌด๋ ๋ ํธ๋ฅธ์์ด๋ฏ๋ก ์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ๋ณํ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์งํค๋ ๋๋ฌด๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํ์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ ________________________________ 2. ๊น์น๋ ์ก์์ฑ์ด๋ผ์ ๊ณผ์ผ, ๊ณก์, ๊ณค์ถฉ์ด๋ ์์ ๋ฌผ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ฑ์ ๋จน ๊ณ ์ฝ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ํ ๋๋ผ๋ฅผ ๋ํํ๋ ๋๋ฌด์ ์๋ฅผ ๋ณด๋ฉด ์ฌ์ค ๊ทธ ์์ ๊ทธ ๋๋ผ ์ฌ๋ ๋ค์ด ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์๊ฐํ๋ ๊ฐ์น๊ฐ ๋ด๊ฒจ์ ธ ์๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ ์ ์์ต๋ ๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: animals often referred as symbols in different countries
Short writing practice 1: Find an available video clip on YouTube by typing the search term โ์ํ ๊ฐ์ ๊น์น.โ Watch the video for 7โ8 minutes and think about the main plot and the story. Write a story of โ์ํ ๊ฐ์ ๊น ์นโ in Korean as much as you could. Write a 10-sentence story containing (1) a synopsis of โ์ํ ๊ฐ์ ๊น์นโ and (2) your own thoughts on the story. Use [~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค] sentence ending throughout your writing. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
_________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________
p.110
7. 8. 9. 10.
_________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________
Short writing practice 2: Do you know any folktales in your culture that use an animal as a main character? Write three animal characters that you know from folktales and briefly describe how they are perceived in the folktales (examples: rabbit, tiger, mouse, hawk, turtle, frog, pig, ant, grasshopper, dragon, phoenix, etc.). 1. ๋๋ฌผ: ________________________________________ ์ฑ๊ฒฉ: ________________________________________ 2. ๋๋ฌผ: ________________________________________ ์ฑ๊ฒฉ: ________________________________________ 3. ๋๋ฌผ: ________________________________________ ์ฑ๊ฒฉ: ________________________________________
English translation Reading: pine tree and magpie Each country has symbols that represent the country. They are often animals or plants and Koreans think among many trees, particularly the pine tree is a representative tree of Korea. Pine trees are found anywhere in Korea so for Koreans they are very familiar trees. Straightly grown pine trees are firm thus since the olden days they were used to build houses. Pine trees have various uses, such as the resin, sap of the pine, and pine tree pollen are used for medicinal purposes even today. Because pine trees are evergreen trees that do not change the color of leaves in winter, in olden times, Koreans thought that pine trees were unchanging and loyal trees of integrity.
If one says that the pine is a Korean tree, the representative Korean bird is a magpie. There is this old saying that รข&#x20AC;&#x153;when the magpie cries, there comes a welcome guest.รข&#x20AC;? This is actually because magpies see (recognize) unfamiliar faces and cry out. Thus, often in folktales, the magpie appears as an image of a smart bird. Meanwhile, there is a representative tree and a bird in the United States. The oak tree is a symbol of the US and the bald eagle is the representative bird of the US. The oak tree is a familiar tree that is easily found in anywhere in the US. This tree has lush leaves and grows healthily so it became the tree that Americans love. The bald white eagle symbolizes power. The bald white eagle is portrayed in the American presidential emblem and one can find the bald eagle also on quarter coins. p.111
Likewise, if you see the representative symbols of a country, you become aware of the kinds of values that the people of the country think are important.
p.112
Chapter 2 Doenjang and Gochujang ๋์ฅ๊ณผ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you enjoy the foods that went through a fermentation process? Talk about fermented foods such as yogurt, beer, cheese, sauerkraut, kimchi, or doenjang. 2. Have you tried doenjang and gochujang in Korean cuisine? Did you taste special flavor in them? 3. Do you have any traditional food in your culture? Do you have any traditional food that has gone through a fermentation process?
Figure 2.1 ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ Source: ยฉ leeyoping0/Pixabay.com.
Figure 2.2 ๋์ฅ์ฐ๊ฐ Source: ยฉ ARTRAN/Shutterstock.com.
Figure 2.3 ๋ฉ์ฃผ Source: ยฉ gjohnstonphoto/depositphotos.com.
p.113
Reading
๋์ฅ๊ณผ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ ํ๊ตญ ์์์์ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์ฅ ์์์ ๋๋ค. ๋์ฅ, ๊ฐ์ฅ, ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ ๋ฑ์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ์๊ฒ๋ ๋งค์ผ ๋จน๋ ์ผ์ ์์์ ๋๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด ๋์ฅ์ผ๋ก๋ ๋์ฅ ์ฐ๊ฐ๋ฅผ, ๊ฐ์ฅ์ผ๋ก๋ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ์๋ ์ฅ์, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ผ๋ก ๋ ๋ง์๋ ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. ์ฅ์ ์ฝฉ์ ๋ฐํจ์์ผ ๋ง๋ ๋ฉ์ฃผ๋ก ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ, ๋ฉ์ฃผ๋ ์ฝฉ์ ์ถ์์ ๋ฒฝ๋๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ๋ชจ์์ผ๋ก ๋ง๋ค์ด ๋ฐ ์ ๋งค๋ฌ์ ๋๊ณ 1-2๋ฌ ๋์ ์์ฑ์ํต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์์ฑ๋์ด ์ ์ต์ ๋ฉ์ฃผ์ ์๊ธ๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ฅ์ ๋ฃ๊ณ ๋ฒ๋ฌด๋ ค ๋ค์ ๋ ๋ ๋ฌ ๋์ ์์ฑ ์ํค๋ฉด ์ด๊ฒ์ด ๋์ค์ ๋์ฅ์ด ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ๋์ฅ์ ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ ์๊ฐ์ด ๋ง์ด ๊ฑธ๋ฆฌ๋ฏ๋ก ๋์ฅ์ โ์ฌ๋ก ํธ๋โ๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. โ์ฌ๋ก ํธ๋โ๋ ๊ฑด ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ข์ โํจ์คํธ ํธ๋โ์ ๋ฐ๋๋ง์ธ๋ฐ, ์์ฆ์๋ ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ ์ ํด ๋์ฅ๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ์ฌ๋ก ํธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ ๋ง์ด ๋จน์๋ ์ด๋๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ ์์์ ๋ง์ด ์ฌ์ฉํ๋ ๊ฐ์ฅ๊ณผ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ๋ ๋ชจ๋ ๋ฉ์ฃผ๋ก ๋ง ๋ญ๋๋ค. ํนํ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๋งค์ด ์์์ ์ข์ํ๋ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ฌ ๋ํ๋ ์ฅ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ฐ์์๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฌ๋ฌ ๋๊ฐ์์ ๊ณ ์ถ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ฆฌ๋ ์ฅ๋ฉด์ ์ข ์ข ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋ง๋ฆฐ ๊ณ ์ถ๋ฅผ ๋นป์์ ๊ณ ์ถ ๊ฐ ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ค๊ณ , ์ฌ๊ธฐ์ ๋ค์ ์ฐน์๊ณผ ๋ฉ์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ์์ด ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๋ง ๋ญ๋๋ค. ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๋งค์ด ๋ผ์ง ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ, ๋น๋น ๋๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ก๋ณถ์ด ๋ฑ ์ฌ๋ฌ ๊ฐ์ง ๋งค์ด ํ๊ตญ ์์์ ๋ง๋๋ ๋ฐ ์ฐ๋ ์ค์ํ ์ฌ๋ฃ์ ๋ ๋ค. ์ต๊ทผ์ ๋์ฅ์ด ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ ์ข๋ค๋ ๋ด์ค๊ฐ ๋ณด๋ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ๋์ฅ์ ์ฝฉ์ผ๋ก ๋ง๋ค์๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋จ๋ฐฑ์ง์ด ํ๋ถํ๊ณ , ๋ฐํจ ์์์ด๋ผ์ ์ง ์์ ์ผ๋ก ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด ์๊น์ง ์๋ฐฉํ ์ ์๋ค๋ ์ฐ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋์ฅ ์์ ๋ ์ํด์ ๋์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ํฅ์์์ผ ์ค๋ค๊ณ ์๋ ค์ ธ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋ชธ์ ์ข์ ๋์ฅ, ์ค๋ ๋ฐค์๋ ๊ฑด๊ฐ ์ํ์ธ ๋์ฅ ์ ์ด์ฉํ ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ค์ด ๋ณด๋ฉด ์ด๋จ๊น์?
Vocabulary
p.114
p.115
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํ๊ตญ ์์์ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ______________ ์ ๋๋ค.
2) ํ๊ตญ์ธ์ ์ผ์ ์์์ ______________, ______________, ______________ ๋ฑ ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ์ฅ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋ฐํจ์์ผ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 4) ๋ฉ์ฃผ์ ______________ ํ๊ณ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋ฒ๋ฌด๋ ค ์ ์ฑ์ํค๋ฉด ๋์ฅ์ด ๋ฉ๋๋ค. 5) ๋งค์ด ์์์ ์ฌ๋ํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์ข์ํฉ ๋๋ค. 6) ______________ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฌ๋ฌ ๋๊ฐ์์๋ ๊ณ ์ถ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ฆฌ๋ ์ฅ๋ฉด ์ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต ๋๋ค. 7) ๋์ฅ์ ๋ฐํจ ์์์ด๋ผ์ ์ง์์ ์ผ๋ก ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์๋ฐฉํ๋ค๋ ์ฐ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ๋์ฅ์ผ๋ก๋ ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ๋์ฅ์ ์ฌ๋กํธ๋๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๊ณ ์ถ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ, ์ฐน์, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ฉ์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ์์ด ๋ง๋ญ๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ๋์ฅ์ ๋ฐํจ ์์์ด๋ผ์ ์ง์์ ์ผ๋ก ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด ์์ ๊ฑธ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. ( T/F) 5) ๋์ฅ์ผ๋ก ๋ก๋ณถ์ด์ ๋น๋น ๋๋ฉด์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) p.116
3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) additionally
: ______________
2) to ferment
: ______________
3) to hang
: ______________
4) seasoning sauce
: ______________
5) research
: ______________
6) to put in
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ๋์ฅ โ
ยทa) ๊ฐ์ฅ
2) ์๊ธ โ
ยทb) ๋ฐํจ
3) ๋งต๋ค โ
ยทc) ์ฌ๋ก ํธ๋
4) ๊ฑด๊ฐ โ
ยทd) ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ
5) ๋ฉ์ฃผ โ
ยทe) ์๋ฐฉ
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฅ ์์์ ๋ชจ๋ ๋ฌด์์ผ๋ก ๋ง๋ญ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 2) ์ถ์ ์ฝฉ์ ๋ชจ๋ ๋ช ๋ฌ๋์ ์์ฑ์ ์์ผ ๋์ฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 3) ์ต๊ทผ์ ์ด๋ค ๋ด์ค๊ฐ ๋ณด๋๋ ์ ์ด ์์ต๋๊น? ________________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์๋ฐ/~ใด๋ฐ/~๋๋ฐ]: sentence connector [~์๋ฐ/~ใด๋ฐ/~๋๋ฐ] is a sentence connector that is used at the end of the first sentence to give a background or a context of the following second sentence. In the written context at times it signals a slight topic change in a paragraph, or marks a contrast between the two connecting sentences. [~์ ๋ฐ/~ใด๋ฐ/~๋๋ฐ] is quite commonly observed in a naturalistic Korean conversation or in a description because of its versatile uses and many functions. Because of its diverse roles, it would mean โandโ or โbutโ in English translation depending on the context. The choices among [~์๋ฐ/~ ใด๋ฐ/~๋๋ฐ] depend on several conditions. First, use [~์๋ฐ] after the adjective that ends with a consonant. Use [~ใด๋ฐ] after the adjective that ends with a vowel and use with copular [์ด๋ค] and [์๋๋ค]. Last, use [~๋
๋ฐ] after a verb stem or after [์๋ค], [์๋ค], [~๊ฒ ~], and [~์~]. Letโs see the examples of each usage. p.117
2. Multiple object construction Multiple grammatical objects can be commanded by one main verb in a sentence. The objective particle [์] or [๋ฅผ] could repeatedly appear at the end of the objects. Letโs take a look at some examples of this structure.
p.118
3. [noun +์ํค๋ค]: causative verb, have/make/let + noun As seen in the verb examples of ๋ฐํจ์ํค๋ค and ์์ฑ์ํค๋ค in this chapter, [noun + ์ํค๋ค] is a causative verb construction. For most of the times an object particle [์/๋ฅผ] appears after the noun.
Grammar practice 1. Combine the two sentences into one using [~์๋ฐ/~ใด๋ฐ/~๋๋ฐ] as seen in the example. (example) ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค + ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ด ํ์ํฉ๋๋ค โ ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ด ํ์ํฉ๋๋ค.
1) ๊ณ ์ถ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ฆฝ๋๋ค + ํ๋น์ด ํ์ํฉ๋๋ค โ____________________________________ 2) ๋์ฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค + ์๊ฐ์ด ๊ฑธ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค โ____________________________________ 3) ๋งค์ด ์์์ ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค + ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๋งค์ด ์์์ ์ข์ ์๋ ์ฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค โ____________________________________ 4) ๋์ฅ์ด ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ ์ข์์ + ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ง์์๋ ๋งค์ผ ๋จน์ด์ p.119
โ____________________________________ 2. Create sentences using the multiple objects pattern as in the example. Use [~ใ ๋๋ค/~์ต๋๋ค] sentence ending.
์ ์์ค๋ ๋ณดํต ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ผ๋ก (๋ผ์ง ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ, ๋น๋น ๋๋ฉด, ๋ก ๋ณถ๊ธฐ) + (๋ง๋ค๋ค) โ ์ ์์ค๋ ๋ณดํต ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ผ๋ก , , ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค.
1) ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ (๊ณ ์ถ๊ฐ๋ฃจ, ์ฐน์, ๋ฉ์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ) + (๋ฒ๋ฌด๋ ค ๋ง๋ค๋ค) โ _____________________________________ 2) ๋น๋น ๋๋ฉด์ ๋๋ฉด์ (๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ, ์ฐธ๊ธฐ๋ฆ, ๋ฌผ์ฟ, ์ค์ด) + (๋ฃ์ด์ ๋ง๋ค๋ค) โ _____________________________________ 3) ๋์ฅ ์์ ๋ ์ํด์ (๋์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ, ๊ธฐ์ต๋ ฅ) + (ํฅ์์ํจ๋ค ์๋ ค ์ ธ ์๋ค) โ _____________________________________ 3. Write the following sentences in Korean. 1) The older brother had Michael buy a sandwich and bring it back. โ _____________________________________ 2) The owner of the clothing store had all his staff work for 4 hours per day. โ _____________________________________ 3) Please donโt make me speak. โ _____________________________________ 4. Write the following expressions in Korean. 1) 2) 3) 4)
To have someone work : ________________ To have someone do errands : ________________ To let something ferment : ________________ To make someone speak : ________________
5. Create a sentence using all the given words in ( ) as shown in the example. (example) (๋ฉ์ฃผ, ์์ฑ์ํค๋ค, ๋์ค์, ๋์ฅ, ๋๋ค): ๋ฉ์ฃผ๋ฅผ ์์ฑ์ํค๋ฉด ๋์ค์ ๋์ฅ์ด ๋ฉ๋๋ค.
1) (๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ, ๋งต๋ค, ํ๊ตญ ์์, ๋ง๋ค๋ค, ์ฐ์ด๋ค): _________________________________________ 2) (๋์ฅ, ๊ฑด๊ฐ, ์ข๋ค, ๋ด์ค, ์ต๊ทผ์, ๋ณด๋๋๋ค): _________________________________________ p.120
3) (๋์ฅ, ์, ์๋ฐฉ, ์ฐ๊ตฌ, ๋์ค๋ค): _________________________________________
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ๋์ฅ์ ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ ์๊ฐ์ด ๋ง์ด ๊ฑธ๋ฆฌ๋ฏ๋ก ๋์ฅ์ โ์ฌ๋ก ํธ๋โ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ ํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ์ฅ์ ์ฝฉ์ ์ถ์ ๋ง๋ ๋ฉ์ฃผ๋ฅผ ๋ฐํจ์์ผ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ์ค๋ ๋ฐค์๋ ๊ฑด๊ฐ ์ํ์ธ ๋์ฅ์ ์ด์ฉํ ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ค์ด ๋ณด๋ฉด ์ด ๋จ๊น์? : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: proverbs and common expressions related to Korean โJangโ p.121
Short writing practice 1: ๋ก๋ณถ์ด is primarily made with ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ and is one of the most popular national snacks in Korea. Find an available video clip on YouTube by typing the search term โ์์ ๋ถ ๋ก๋ณถ์ด.โ Watch the video for four to five minutes and think about the content of the video. Write (1) a short description of the video, (2) what kinds of food you see, (3) how
people eat ๋ก๋ณถ์ด, and (4) how people interact with each other. Write the responses for each of the topics (1) to (4) below. 1. ์งง์ ์ค๋ช 1) _________________________________ 2) _________________________________ 3) _________________________________ 4) _________________________________ 2. ๋ณธ ์์๋ค 5) _________________________________ 6) _________________________________ 7) _________________________________ 3. ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ก๋ณถ์ด๋ฅผ ๋จน๋์ง 8) _________________________________ 9) _________________________________ 10) _________________________________ 4. ์ฌ๋๋ค ์ฌ์ด์ ํ๋์ ์ด๋ค์ง 11) _________________________________ 12) _________________________________ Short writing practice 2: Do you have any traditional food or traditional seasonings like Korean jang in your culture? Choose two traditional foods or traditional seasonings and (1) briefly describe their tastes and (2) explain when you eat these foods (examples: curry, soy sauce, ketchup, Worcestershire sauce, hot chili paste, etc.). 1. ์์: _____________________________________ ๋ง: ____________________________________ p.122
์ธ์ : ____________________________________
2. ์์: ______________________________________ ๋ง: ____________________________________ ์ธ์ : ____________________________________
English translation Reading: Doenjang and Gochujang p.123
The basis of Korean cuisine is jang. Doenjang, ganjang, and gochujang are common food for Koreans that they eat every day. For example, with duenjang they make doenjang jjigae soup, with ganjang they make various seasoning sauces, and with gochujang they make the delicious bibimbap rice bowl. Jang is made from meju, which is boiled and fermented soybeans, this meju is shaped like a brick and is hung outdoors for a month or two for going through the aging process. After aging, well ripened Meju is mixed with salt and soy sauce and is let to age for another month or two, then later this becomes doenjang. Because it takes a long time to make doenjang some people call doenjang โslow food.โ Slow food is an antonym to the word โfast foodโ which is harmful to oneโs health, and these days there is a movement to eat more slow food. Soy sauce and gochujang, both used frequently in Korean cuisine, are all made out of meju. Gochujang is especially loved by many Koreans who like spicy foods. In fall one can often see the scenes of drying hot peppers at farmhouses in Korea. After drying the hot peppers, the peppers are ground into hot pepper flakes, and you make gochujang by putting sweet sticky rice and dried meju flour into this hot pepper flake mixture. Gochujang is an important ingredient for various spicy Korean foods, such as, spicy pork bulgogi, bibim naengmyeon (spicy cold noodles), and tteokbokgi (spicy rice cake snack). Recently there has been news about doenjang that it is good for oneโs health. Because doenjang is made out of soybeans and because it is fermented food abundant with proteins, the research states that if one
continues to eat doenjang that it could even prevent cancer. Additonally, lecithin contained in doenjang is known to improve brain functions. Doenjang that is good for body, how about making a dish with a healthy food like doenjang tonight?
p.124
Chapter 3 Korean โbangโ culture ํ ๊ตญ์ โ๋ฐฉโ ๋ฌธํ
Pre-reading questions 1. Have you seen jjimjilbang in Korean drama or variety show programs? Do you know why people use this place? 2. Is public bathing practiced in your culture? Do you enjoy a public bath, a public sauna, or a spa parlor? 3. Do you like to sing? When do you sing in your culture? Name three occasions.
Figure 3.1 ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ Source: ยฉ Jaelim Roh.
Reading ํ๊ตญ์ โ๋ฐฉโ ๋ฌธํ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฒ์ ์จ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด๋ ํ๊ตญ์์ ์๋ผ์ง ์์ ๊ตํฌ๋ค์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์๋ง์ ๋ฐฉ๋ค์ด ์๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋ณด๊ณ ๊น์ง ๋๋ผ๊ณค ํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ ์๋ ๋น๋์ค๋ฐฉ, ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ, ํผ์จ๋ฐฉ, ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ, ๋งํ๋ฐฉ ๋ฑ ๋ง์ ๋ฐฉ๋ค์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋น๋์ค ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ๋น๋์ค๋ฅผ ๋น๋ ค ๋ณด๊ณ ํผ์จ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ์ปด ํจํฐ๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ธํฐ๋ท ๊ฒ์์ ํ๊ณ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์๋ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฅด๊ณ ๋งํ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ๋งํ์ฑ ์ ๋น๋ ค์ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋ง์ ๋ฐฉ ์ค์์ ์ด๋ฆฐ ์์ด๋ถํฐ ๋ ธ์ธ๋ค๊น์ง ๋ชจ๋๊ฐ ์ฆ๊ฒจ์ ๊ฐ ์ ์๋ ๊ณณ ์ด ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ 2000๋ ๋๋ถํฐ ๊ธ์ํ๊ฒ ์ ํ์ ํด์ ํ์ฌ๋ ์ด๋ ๋๋ค์์๋ ๋๊ตฌ๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ ์ฐพ์ ๊ฐ ์ ์๋ ๋ณตํฉ ์ํ ๋ฌธํ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ด ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ์ค์ ๋ก ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ด ๋ ํนํ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ํ ๊ตญ๋ง์ ๋ฌธํ๋ผ์ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์ํ ํฌ์ด๊น์ง ์๊ฒผ๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ฐ ์ง๋ฐฉ์์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ๋ชฉ์๋ ํ๊ณ , ์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ด๋ ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค๊ณผ ์๋ค๋ ๋จ๊ณ , TV๋ ๋ณด๊ณ , ์ถ์ ๊ณ๋์ด๋ ์ํ ๋ฑ ๊ฐ๋จํ ์์๋ ๋จน๋๋ฐ, ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ํจ๊ป ํธ์ํ๊ฒ ์ด ์ ์๋ ๋ฐ๋ป ํ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์์๋ ์ ๊ธฐํ๊ฒ๋ ๋๊ตฌ๋ ๋ถ๊ฐ๋ง ์์ ๊ฐ ์ด ๋ค์ด๊ฐ ์์์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ์ฝ๊ฒ ์๋ค ์์ผ๋ก ๋น ์ ธ๋๋ ๊ฑธ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ฌ์ค 2000๋ ๋ ์ด์ ์๋ ํ๊ตญ์๋ ๊ณต์ค ๋ชฉ์ํ ์ด ์์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ ๊ทธ ๋๋ ๋จ์ํ ๋ชฉ์๋ง ํ๋ ์์ค์ด ๋๋ถ ๋ถ์ด์๊ณ ์ง๊ธ๊ฐ์ด ๋ค์ํ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ์์ค์ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 2000 ๋ ๋ ์ดํ ๋์ค ๋ชฉ์ํ์ด ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ด๋ผ๋ ์ด๋ฆ์ผ๋ก ์๋ก ํ์ด๋๋ฉด ์ ๋ชฉ์ํ์ด ์ด์ ๋ชฉ์๋ง ํ๋ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ด ์๋๋ผ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ง๋๊ณ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋๋๊ณ ๊ฐ๋จํ ์์๋ ๋จน๋ ๋๋ค ์ฌ๋๋ฐฉ ๊ตฌ์ค์ ํ๊ฒ ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ ๋ฌธํ๊ฐ ๊ธ์ํ๊ฒ ์ ํ๋๋ ๊ฒ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋ ์ด ์ ๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ ํต์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ํธํ ์จ๋๊ณผ ์ฌ๊ธฐ์ ์ด๋ฏธ ์กด์ฌํ๊ณ ์๋ ์ฌ๋๋ฐฉ์ ๊ฐ๋ ์ด ํฉ์ณ์ง๋ฉด์ ํ๋์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฌ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ด๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฆ, ๊ธฐ์กด์ ์์๋ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ
์ง ํ๊ตญ์ ์ ํต์ ์ธ ๋ฌธํ ์์๋ค์ด ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ด๋ผ๋ ํ๋์ ๋ฌธํ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ผ๋ก ํ๋ฐ๊ฟ์ ํ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. p.125
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ๊ฐ์ฅ ๋ง์ด, ๊ฐ์ฅ ํํ๊ฒ ๊ฐ๋ ๋ฐฉ ์ค์ ๋ ธ๋ ๋ฐฉ์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ํฅ์ด ๋ง๋ค๊ณ ํ๋๋ฐ, ์ด๊ฒ์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ ์ ๊ฐฏ์๋ง ๋ด๋ ์ฆ๋ช ์ด ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ์ฃผ๋ง์๋ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ด๋ ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ผ๋ฆฌ ์ ๋ ์์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ง์น๊ณ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด์ ์คํธ๋ ์ค๋ ํ ๊ณ ์๋ฃ์๋ ๋ง์๋ฉด์ ์ฆ๊ฒ๊ฒ ์๊ฐ์ ๋ณด๋ ๋๋ค. ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์๋ ์ญ์ฌ ๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์ ์๋ ์ผ๋ณธ์์ ์์๋์ด <๊ฐ๋ผ์ค์ผ>๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค๊ฐ 1990๋ ๋์ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ค์ด์ ์ ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ป๊ฒ ๋์๊ณ ๊ทธ ์ดํ ์ด <๊ฐ๋ผ์ค์ผ>๊ฐ <๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ>์ด๋ผ๋ ๋ช ์นญ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๋๊ฒ ๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ์ฐ์ตํ๊ณ ๋ ์ํ ์์์ ์์ฃผ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. p.126
Vocabulary
p.127
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์จ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์๋ง์ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ์๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋๋๋๋ค. 2) ๋งํ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋น๋ ค ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ด๋ฆฐ ์์ด๋ถํฐ ๋์ด๊ฐ ๋ง์ ๋ ธ์ธ๋ค๊น์ง ์ฆ๊ฒจ์ ๊ฐ ์ ์๋ ๊ณณ ์ ______________ ์ ๋๋ค. p.128
4) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ํจ๊ป ______________ ์ด ์ ์๋ ๋ฐ ๋ปํ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ๋๋ค. 5) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ๋ง๋์ ์์์ ๋จน๊ณ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ ํ๋ ๋๋ค ______________ ๊ตฌ์ค์ ํ๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. 6) ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ๊ฐ์ฅ ๋ง์ด, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ฅ ํํ๊ฒ ๊ฐ๋ ๋ฐฉ์ ______________ ์ ๋๋ค. 7) ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์ ์๋ ______________ ์์ ์์๋์ด <๊ฐ๋ผ์ค์ผ>๋ผ ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ด ๋ ํนํ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฏธ๋ฐ๋ ๋ฌธํ์ด์ง๋ง ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค๋ง ์ฆ๊น๋๋ค. (T/F) 2) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์์๋ ์๋ฃ์๋ ๋จน์ง๋ง ์์์ ๋จน์ง ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) 2000๋ ๋ ์ดํ ๋์ค๋ชฉ์ํ์์ ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F) 4) ์ฃผ๋ง์ ์ ๋ ์์ฌ ํ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด์ ์คํธ๋ ์ค๋ฅผ ํ๋๋ค. ( T / F) 5) ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์๋ง ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to be peculiar
: ______________
2) to appear
: ______________
3) to be surprised
: ______________
4) in reality
: ______________
5) grafted
: ______________
6) originally
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ์ฐ์ตํ๋ค โ
ยทa) ์๋ฃ์
2) ์ํ โ
ยทb) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ
3) ๋งํ โ
ยทc) ๊ฐ๋จํ
4) ๊ณต์ค๋ชฉ์ํ โ
ยทd) ๋ ธ๋
5) ๋จ์ํ โ
ยทe) ์ฝ๋ค
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ๋น๋์ค ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ๋ฌด์์ ํฉ๋๊น? _________________________________________ 2) ์ด๋ ๋๋ค์์๋ ๋๊ตฌ๋ ์ฝ๊ฒ ์ฐพ์๊ฐ ์ ์๋ ๋ณตํฉ ์ํ ๋ฌธํ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ์ด๋์ ๋๊น? _________________________________________ 3) ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์ ๊ฐฏ์๋ฅผ ๋ณด๋ฉด ๋ฌด์์ ์ ์ ์์ต๋๊น? p.129
_________________________________________
Grammar 1. [~๋ ~๊ณ ~๋ ~๊ณ ]: continuous description in [A~ and B~ and] In a descriptive text, an explanation may contain multiple statements, such as [statement 1] + and + [statement 2] + and + [statement 3] format in one sentence. In Korean, use the sentence connector [~๋ ~๊ณ ] pattern multiple times in a sentence to carry on such a function. In this construct, an object accompanies [~๋] and a verb accompanies [~๊ณ ]. Notice that if the description in a sentence is about an event that happened in the past, the past tense gets marked at the end of the sentence and all previous [~๋ ~๊ณ ] phrases take the present tense. Letโs see more examples of the use of this connector in longer descriptions.
2. [~ ์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก]: because~ [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] is an expression for reason and is found more in written expressions rather than spoken expressions. In spoken expressions, we have already seen various usages for reasoning such as [~์ด์/~์์/~์ด๋ผ์] or [~๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์] when one explains the reason for something. [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~ ๋ฏ๋ก] is used at the end of the sentence it provides the reason for. Notice the word order in English puts [because] before the reason, but in Korean the opposite order is used, locating the [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] at the end of the reasoning phrase. [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] is primarily a written expression, it may sound awkward if you use this expression in an everyday conversation in a spoken form. [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] can be translated into [so . . . that], [due to], [since], etc., depending on the context. Here are more examples of [reason + ~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก]. p.130
3. [~๊ฒ ๋๋ค] = has become~ (a certain condition) [~๊ฒ ๋๋ค] indicates one condition is changing into a new condition. Its literal translation is close to โit has become into~.โ Sometimes, it is more natural to translate this pattern into โit turned out that~.โ There could be either a verb or an adjective located in front of [~๊ฒ ๋๋ค]. Letโs see more examples and learn how we could use this pattern in Korean sentences.
Grammar practice p.131
1. Connect the two or three sentences into one using [~๋ ~๊ณ ~๋ ~๊ณ ] as shown in the example. (example) ์น๊ตฌ ์์ผ์ ์ถค์ ์ถ์์ต๋๋ค + ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ ์ต๋๋ค โ ์น๊ตฌ ์์ผ์ ์ถค ์ถ ๋ ธ๋ ๋ถ๋ ์ต๋๋ค.
1) ์ ๋ ์ ํ๋ณต์ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค + ํ ๋จธ๋๊ป ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฌ๋๋ ธ์ต๋ ๋ค โ _____________________________________ 2) ์ด์ ๋ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ํ์ต๋๋ค + ์ผ๋ณธ์ด ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ํ์ต๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 3) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค๊ณผ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํ์ต๋๋ค + ์ฐ์ง์ ํ์ต๋๋ค + ๊ณ๋์ ๋จน์์ต๋๋ค + ์ํ๋ฅผ ๋จน์์ต๋๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 4) ์์ผ์ ์์ผ ์ผ์ดํฌ๋ฅผ ์์ต๋๋ค + ๋ฏธ์ญ๊ตญ์ ๋ง๋ค์์ต๋๋ค + ์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ ์ด๋ํ์ต๋๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 2. Using the [~์ผ๋ฏ๋ก/~๋ฏ๋ก] expression, combine the two sentences as shown in the example.
+ โ ๊น์น๋ ๋๋ํ๋ฏ๋ก ์ฌ๋์ ์ผ๊ตด์ ์ ๊ธฐ์ตํฉ๋๋ค
1) ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด๋ ์์ด ๋ฌด์ฑํ๊ณ ๊ฑด๊ฐํ๊ฒ ์๋๋๋ค + ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ฌ๋ํ๋ ๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ๋์์ต๋๋ค โ ______________________________________ 2) ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์ฅ ์์์ ์ฌ๋ํฉ๋๋ค + ๋์ฅ, ๊ฐ์ฅ, ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ ๋ฑ์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ์๊ฒ ๋งค์ผ ๋จน๋ ์ผ์ ์์์ ๋๋ค โ ______________________________________ 3) ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ ธ๋ ์ฐ์ต์ ๋ง์ด ํฉ๋๋ค + ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค โ ______________________________________ 4) ํ๊ตญ์๋ ๋ฐฉ ๋ฌธํ๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค + ๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ชจ์๋ ์์ฃผํฉ๋๋ค โ ______________________________________
3. Write the following sentences in Korean. 1) In the video room you borrow and watch videos and in the PC room you use the computer. โ ______________________________________ 2) Jjimjilbang started to be rapidly popular since the 2000s. โ ______________________________________ p.132
3) In the warm spring sunshine, ice turns into water. โ ______________________________________ 4. Write the following expressions in Korean. 1) 2) 3) 4)
It turned out to be bright : ________________ It turned out to be delicious : ________________ It turned out that I worked : ________________ It turned out that we became friends : ________________
5. Create full sentences using all the given words in ( ). (example) (ํ๊ต, ๊ณต๋ถ, ํ๋ค, ์น๊ตฌ, ๋ง๋ฌ์ต๋๋ค): ํ๊ต์์ ๊ณต๋ถ ํ ์น๊ตฌ ๋ง๋ฌ์ต๋๋ค.
1) (์น๊ตฌ, ์ด๋, ์ํ๋ค, ์ถค, ์ ์ถฅ๋๋ค): _____________________________________ 2) (์๋ฒ์ง, ๋ ธ๋, ์ํ๋ค, ์์, ์ํ๋ค) (use polite forms for ์๋ฒ ์ง): _____________________________________ 3) (์ , ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ, ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ค, ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ, ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ค): _____________________________________
Translation practice
Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์์๋ ์ฒ์ ๋ณด๋ ์ฌ๋๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ์ฝ๊ฒ ์๋ค ์์ผ๋ก ๋น ์ ธ๋๋ ๊ฑธ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ________________________________________ 2. <๊ฐ๋ผ์ค์ผ>๊ฐ <๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ>์ด๋ผ๋ ๋ช ์นญ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ๋๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. : ________________________________________ 3. ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ์ฐ์ตํ๊ณ ๋ ์ํ ์์์ ์ ์ฃผ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค : ________________________________________ p.133
Additional useful expressions: shops and places to go in Korea
Short writing practice 1: An American television show host Mr. Conan OโBrien went to a Korean bathhouse in New York Cityโs Korea town with a Korean-American actor Steven Yeon and recorded their journey. The
comical episode was recorded and is now available on YouTube. Find out this episode by typing the search term [์ฝ๋ ์ค๋ธ๋ผ์ด์ธ ์คํฐ๋ธ ์ฐ๊ณผ ์ฐ ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ๊ฐ๋ค]. Watch the video for about seven to eight minutes and write what happened in the episode. What happened to Conan in the different rooms in the Korean sauna? What are his exchanges with Korean people in the sauna? ... 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________
Short writing practice 2: Koreans seem to enjoy the many kinds of โ๋ฐฉ (bang)โ cultures such as video bang, jjimjilbang, PC bang, norae bang, manhwa bang, just to name a few. Do you have a public place in your culture where you meet friends and family and enjoy doing something together? Think about your own culture and write about the places you go with friends and family other than a home setting. Write about two such places and what you do in these places. Write about six to seven sentences. p.134
์ ๋ . . . (nationality: ________________) ์์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์์ ๋ ๊ฐ์กฑ๊ณผ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ด . . . 1. 2. 3. 4.
____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________
5. ____________________________________ 6. ____________________________________ Short writing practice 3: Going to jjimjilbang seems to be a very common practice in Korea and it is an enjoyable gathering event among friends or family. However, people are naked when they take a bath in most public bath places. Is your culture open to discuss or show the images of the human body naked, or should people be clothed in public? Does your culture treat the body the same way as Koreans do? Write a paragraph about how your culture treats the concept of human body. Write a paragraph in seven sentences that begin with the introduction, main body and a conclusion. Title: __________________________________ Introduction 1. ____________________________________ 2. ____________________________________ Main body 3. ____________________________________ 4. ____________________________________ 5. ____________________________________ Conclusion 7. ____________________________________
English translation p.135
Reading: Korean รข&#x20AC;&#x153;bangรข&#x20AC;? culture p.136
It is often the case that foreigners who visited Korea for the first time or ethnic Korean people who did not grow up in Korea are totally surprised to observe so many โbangs.โ In Korea, there are many bangs such as video bang (video room), jjimjilbang (sauna), PC bang (computer room), norae bang (karaoke room), manhwa bang (comic book room), and so on. In a video bang, people rent and watch videos, in a PC bang people use computers or play internet games, in a norae bang people sing songs, and in a manhwa bang people can borrow comic books and read. Among so many such bangs, jjimjilbang is a place where everyone from young children to elderly can go and enjoy. Jjimjilbang began to be popular rapidly since the 2000s and now it became a place for multi-leisure and cultural life, found in any town, where everybody can easily locate and visit. In reality, because jjimjilbang is a peculiar and interesting space in Koreaโs own culture, it is an attraction for tourist routes for foreigners. In the jjimjilbang, Koreans bathe, casually chat with family members or friends, watch TV, and eat simple foods such as hard-boiled eggs or rice drinks, jjimjilbang is a warm space where you rest comfortably with others. You can see in jjimjilbang that everyone who enters into the public sauna and sits together soon begin casual chatting with others. In fact, there were public baths in Korea even before the 2000s. But at that time most facilities are built simply for a bath and there was no variety of interesting facilities like there is now. After the 2000s, since the new title was born from โpublic bathโ to โjjimjilbangโ (hot steaming room) the public bath was no longer a bath-only place but it became a place with functions such as meeting people and chatting, as well as eating snacks, namely, it took a role of a townโs guesthouse. There is a reason why the jjimjilbang culture could rapidly spread out. Jjimjilbang is a recreated space grafting the traditionally preferred radiant heat floor construction and the preexisting concept of a guesthouse in a modern style. In other words, jjimjilbang is a paradigm shift from the various exisiting traditional cultural elements into a modern cultural space. Additionally, for Koreans one of the most often and commonly visited places is the norae bang. People say that Koreans enjoy singing and dancing, it is evidenced by the numbers of norae bang. After a dinner meal on the weekends, friends and family members sing songs at norae bangs and relieve stress, enjoy drinks, and spend fun time. There is a history for norae bang. Originally it was called โkaraokeโ and started in Japan but after entering into Korea in the 1990s it gradually gained popularity and the name changed into
รข&#x20AC;&#x153;norae bang.รข&#x20AC;? Koreans sing songs often in daily life and practice the songs they will sing at the norae bang.
p.137
Chapter 4 Harvest Moon Festival ์ถ ์
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you have a fall festival in your culture? What is its name and how do you celebrate it? 2. Do you have a special food that you eat in seasonal celebrations? 3. Do you have a game you play during the time of the seasonal celebrations? Which of these games do you enjoy the most?
Figure 4.1 ์ฐจ๋ก์ Source: ยฉ cutekirin/Pixabay.com.
Figure 4.2 ์กํธ Source: ยฉ STUDIO JH/Shutterstock.com.
Reading ์ถ์ p.138
์ถ์์ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ๋ช ์ ์ ๋๋ค. ์๋๋ ์ถ์์ ํ๊ฐ์๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ ๋๋ฐ, ์ด๊ฒ์ 8์์ ํ ๊ฐ์ด๋ฐ๋ผ๋ ๋ป์ ๋๋ค. ์ถ์์ ๊ทธ ํด ์ ๊ฐ์ฅ ํฌ๊ณ ๋ฐ์ ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ์ด ๋จ๋๋ฐ ์๊ตฌ๋ค์ด ๋ชจ์ฌ์ ๋ฐ์ ๋ณด๋ฆ ๋ฌ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ณด๋ฉด์ ๋ค ๊ฐ์ด ๋ง์๋ ์์์ ๋ง๋ค๊ณ ๊ฐ์์ ์ํ์ ์ถํํฉ๋๋ค. ์ถ์์ ์๊ฐ์ด ์ง๋๋ฉด์ ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ ํต์ ์ธ ๋ช ์ ์ด ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ๋๊ฒฝ์ด ์ฃผ์ ์ฐ์ ์ด์๋ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ 1๋ ๋์ ํ ๋ค๊ฒ ์ผํ ๋๊ฐ๋ก ๊ณก์์ ์ํํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ฐ์ฅ ํฐ ๊ธฐ์จ์ด์๊ณ , ๋ ๊ทธ๋ ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ์ด ๋๊ฐ ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ฆ๊ฑฐ์ด ์๊ธฐ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ถ์์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ณดํต ์ฑ๋ฌ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ฑ๋ฌ๋ ์กฐ์์ ๋ฌด๋ค์ ์ฐพ์๊ฐ ์กฐ์์๊ฒ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์กฐ์์ ๋ฌด๋ค ์์ ์๋ ์ก์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฝ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ ์ถ์ ์ ๋ ์๋ ํ ์๋ฒ์ง, ํ ๋จธ๋๋ถํฐ
์์ด๋ค๊น์ง ์จ ๊ฐ์กฑ์ด ๋ชจ์ฌ ์์ ์กํธ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. ์กํธ์ ์ผ๋ ์ค ์ถ์์๋ง ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ ๊ฐ์์ ์๋ก ์ํํ ์๋ก ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ค ๊ณ ์ด ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ก ๋ก์ ๋ง๋ ํ์ ๊ทธ ์์ ์ฝฉ์ด๋ ๊นจ ๋ฑ์ ๋ฃ์ต๋ ๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋๋ฌด ์์ ์กํธ๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ์ช์ ์ข์ ํฅ์ด ๋๋๋ก ํฉ๋ ๋ค. ์๋ง์ โ์กํธ์ ๊ฐ์ฅ ์์๊ฒ ๋ง๋๋ ์ฌ๋์ด ์ ์ผ ์์ ๋ธ์ ๋ณ๋๋คโ๋ ๋ง๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ถ์๋ ์์นจ์๋ ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์ด ๋ชจ๋ ๋ชจ์ฌ ์ฐจ๋ก๋ฅผ ๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. ์ฐจ๋ก๋ ์ง์์ ์ค์ํ ํ์ฌ๋ก ํ ์์ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ์์๋ค์ ์ฐจ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์กฐ์ ๋ค์ ์๊ฐํ๋ฉด์ ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์ด ์กฐ์๋ค์๊ฒ ๋ฌธ์ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋๋ฆฌ๋ ์์ ์ ๋๋ค. ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ ๋ฐฅ์ ์๋ก ๊ฑฐ๋ ํ๊ณก์์ผ๋ก๋ง ๋ฐฅ์ ํ ๊ณ ๋ ์๋ก ์ํํ ๊ณผ์ผ๋ก๋ง ์ ์ฑ์ค๋ฝ๊ฒ ์ฐจ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. ํ ๋์ 1๋ ์ค ์ถ์์ ์ ํํ 3์ฃผ ์ ๋์ ์๊ธฐ์๋ง ์ํ์ ํ๋๋ฐ, ๊ฐ์์๋ง ๋๋ ๊ณ์ ์ํ์ธ ํ ๋์ผ๋ก ๋ง๋๋ ํ ๋๊ตญ๋ ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ๊ผญ ์ฌ๋ฆฝ ๋๋ค. ์ถ์๋ ์ ํ๋ ํน๋ณํ ๋์ด๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ฎ์๋ ๋จ์๋ค์ด ์๋ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ง ์ธ์์ ํ๊ณ ๋ฐค์๋ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋๋ผ๋ ๋์ด๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์์ฆ์๋ ๋ง์ด ์ฌ๋ผ์ก์ง๋ง, ์๋ ์๋ ๋๋ค ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ถ ์๋ ๋ฐค์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋ชจ์ฌ์ ์์ ์ก๊ณ ๋ฅ๊ธ๊ฒ ์์ ๋ง๋ค์ด ๋ฌ์ ๋ณด๋ฉด ์ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉด์ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ ๋ ๋จ์๋ค๊ณผ ์ ์ด๋ค์ ๋ฐ๊ฒ ๋ฌ ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ณด๋ฉฐ ๋ค์ ํด์ ์ด๋ฃจ๊ณ ์ถ์ ์์ ์ ๋น์์ต๋๋ค. ์์ง๋ ์ถ์์ ๋๋ถ๋ถ์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ณ ํฅ์ ๊ฐ์ ๋ถ๋ชจ๋๋ค ๊ณผ ์น์ฒ๋ค์ ๋ง๋๋ ๊ทธ ํด์ ํฐ ๋ช ์ ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ท์ฑ๊ธธ๋ง๋ค ์ฐจ๊ฐ ๋ ์น๊ณ ๊ตํต ์ฒด์ฆ์ด ์ฌํด๋ ๋ชจ๋๋ค ์ฆ๊ฑฐ์ด ์ผ๊ตด๋ก ์ถ์ ์ ๋ฌผ์ ์ฌ ์ ๊ณ ํฅ์ผ๋ก ๋ด๋ ค๊ฐ๋๋ค. ์ถ์์ด ์๋๋ ์ํ์ ๊ธฐ์จ์ ์ถํํ๋ ๋์ด์ ํ์ต์์ ์์๋์์ง๋ง, ์ด์ ์ถ์์ ๋จ์ด์ง ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์ด ์ค ๋๊ฐ๋ง์ ๋ง๋๋ ์ค์ํ ๋ช ์ ์ด ๋์์ต๋๋ค. p.139
Vocabulary
p.140
p.141
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ์ถ์์ โ ______________โ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฅด๊ธฐ๋ ํ์ต๋๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ๋ช ์ ์ค ๊ฐ์์ ์๋ ๋ช ์ ์ด ______________ ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฃผ์ ์ฐ์ ์ ______________ ์ด์์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฐ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ํ๊ณ ์กฐ์์๊ฒ ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 5) ______________ ์/๋ ์๋ก ์ํํ ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ก ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 6) ์ถ์ ์์นจ์ ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์ด ๋ชจ๋ ๋ชจ์ฌ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋๋ฆฝ ๋๋ค. 7) ______________ ์/๋ ๊ฐ์์ ๊ณ์ ์ํ์ผ๋ก ๊ตญ์ ๋ง๋ค์ด ์ฐจ ๋ก์์ ๊ผญ ์ฌ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 8) โ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋โ๋ผ๋ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฅด๋ฉฐ _____________ ๋ค์ด ์ถ์ ๋ฐค ์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ๋๋๋ค. 9) ์ถ์์ _______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ์ฌํด๋ ์ฆ๊ฑฐ์ด ์ผ๊ตด๋ก ๋ถ๋ชจ๋ ๋ค๊ณผ ์น์ฒ๋ค์ ๋ง๋๋ ๋ช ์ ์ ๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ ํต์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๊ฒฝ์ด ์ฃผ์ ์ฐ์ ์ด์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ์ฑ๋ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ ๋ ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์ฐจ๋ ค ์กฐ์๋ค์๊ฒ ๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ์กํธ์ ์ผ ๋ ์ ๋ ๋ฒ ์ถ์๊ณผ ์ค๋ ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ์ถ์์๋ ์ผ ๋ ์ค ๊ฐ์ฅ ๋ฐ์ ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ์ด ๋น๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ์ถ์์ ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์ด ์ค๋๊ฐ๋ง์ ๋ง๋๋ ์ค์ํ ๋ช ์ ์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to gaze
: ______________
2) with a great effort
: ______________
3) to steam
: ______________
4) cooked rice
: ______________
5) to accomplish
: ______________
6) hometown
: ______________ p.142
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ โ
ยทa) ์กํธ
2) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋ โ
ยทb) ๊ฐ์
3) ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ โ
ยทc) ๋ฐ๋ค
4) ์ํ โ
ยทd) ์ฌ์
5) ํ๊ฐ์ โ
ยทe) ์ถ์
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) 1๋ ์ค ์ ์ถ์์ด ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ฆ๊ฑฐ์ด ์๊ธฐ์ ๋๊น? _________________________________ 2) ์ถ์์๋ง ๋ง๋๋ ์กํธ ์์ ์ด๋ค ์ฌ๋ฃ๊ฐ ๋ค์ด๊ฐ๋๊น? (์ฌ๋ฃ โ ingredients) _________________________________ 3) ์ ํ ๋๊ตญ์ ์ถ์์์ ์ฌ๋ฆฝ๋๊น? _________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์ด์/ ~์์]: sentence connector [~์ด์/~์์] is a sentence connector that is used when one action takes place and the agent of the action continues to carry on to the next action in the same context. Most of the time, [ ~์ด์/~์์] can be translated to โand.โ The verbโs tense in the first phrase that is connected to the [~์ด์/~
์์] connector is a base form and the tense is only marked in the verb at the end of the second phrase in the sentence. This means that you should make sure to use verb infinitives in the first phrase in front of [~์ด์/~์ ์] even if it is the past narration.
p.143
[~์ด์/~์์] is also used as โso that~โ expressions as we learned before. In the main reading text of this chapter, we find the โso that~โ usage of [~์ด ์/~์์] as well as seen in the following example.
2. [~๋ ๊ฒ]: that~ [~๋ ๊ฒ] is โit is that~โ statement expression in Korean. Sometimes it is natural to translate this form as โto + verb.โ The [~๋ ๊ฒ] or the [~๋+ noun] constructs are often used in describing scenes or explaining detailed conditions. Letโs observe the usage of this form in the examples.
Letโs see more expressions of [~๋ ๊ฒ] construct where the [๊ฒ] is substituted with other nouns. This is often translated as [noun] + [who/that] + [verb]. p.144
3. [Verb + ~๋๋ก ํ๋ค] = let something/someone do~/make sure that~ [Verb + ~๋๋ก ํ๋ค] pattern is used when you make sure that an action (verb) happen. This is commonly used for mild commands but it does not
always function as a command. This form is sometimes used in a description. Letโs see some examples of both functions.
Grammar practice 1. Combine the two sentences into one using [~์ด์/~์์] as seen in the example. (example) ๊ฐ์์ด ๋์์ต๋๋ค + ๊ณง ์ถ์์ด ์ต๋๋ค โ ๊ฐ์์ ๋
๊ณง ์ถ์์ด ์ต๋๋ค.
1) ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ์ด ๋น๋๋ค + ๋ฐ์ต๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 2) ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ๋ญ์ณค์ต๋๋ค + ๋ก์ ๋ง๋ค์์ต๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 3) ํ ๋๊ตญ์ ๋ง๋ค์์ต๋๋ค + ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์ฌ๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค p.145
โ _____________________________________ 4) ์กํธ์ ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์ฌ๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค + ์ฐจ๋ก๋ฅผ ์ง๋์ต๋๋ค โ _____________________________________ 2. Combine the given words using [~๋ ๊ฒ] and complete the sentences as shown in the example. [์ผํ๋ค] + [~๋ ๊ฒ] + [์ข๋ค] โ ์ผํ ์ข์ต๋๋ค
1) ์ถ์์๋ ์กํธ์ [๋ง๋ค๋ค] + [~๋ ๊ฒ] + [์ข๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 2) ํ ๋จธ๋์ ๊ฐ์ด ์ฑ๋ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฌ ๊ฐ์ ์ก์ด๋ฅผ [๋ฝ๋ค] + [~๋ ๊ฒ] + [์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 3) ์์ฆ์๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๋ฌ์ ๋ณด๊ณ [์์์ ๋น๋ค] + [~๋ ๊ฒ] + [๊ฐ ๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 4) ์ถ์๋ ์์นจ์๋ ์ฐจ๋ก๋ฅผ [๋๋ฆฌ๋ค] + [~๋ ๊ฒ] + [์ ํต์ด๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 5) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋๋ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ถ์๋ ๋ฐค์ [๋ ธ๋ํ๋ค] + [~๋ ๊ฒ] + [์ด๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 3. Write the following sentences in Korean. Use the construct [~๋ ๊ฒ]. 1) It is a joy to harvest new grains. โ _____________________________________ 2) Seongmyo is (the action that) families pull out the weeds from the ancestorsโ grave.
โ _____________________________________ 3) It is important that one speaks Korean well. โ _____________________________________ 4. Write the following expressions in Korean. 1) the person who studies : ________________ 2) the men who dance : ________________ p.146
3) the woman who buys a hat : ________________ 4) the program that is on TV : ________________ 5) the children who walk on the street : ________________ 5. Create polite command sentences using all the given words in ( ) as shown in the example. (example) (์ถ์, ์กํธ, ๋ง๋ค๋ค, ๋๋ก ํ๋ค): .
1) (์ง๊ธ, ์ฐจ๋ก์, ์์, ์ฐจ๋ฆฌ๋ค, ๋๋ก ํ๋ค): ________________________________ 2) (์ถ์, ์ฌ์๋ค, ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋, ์ถค, ์ถ๋ค, ๋๋ก ํ๋ค): ________________________________ 3) (๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค, ์ ๋ฌผ, ์ฌ๋ค, ๋๋ก ํ๋ค): ________________________________
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ๋ฐ์ ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ณด๋ฉด์ ์๊ตฌ๋ค์ด ๋ชจ์ฌ์ ๋ค ๊ฐ์ด ๋ง์๋ ์์ ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค.
: ____________________________________ 2. ์ถ์ ์ ๋ ์๋ ํ ๋จธ๋๋ถํฐ ์์ด๋ค๊น์ง ์จ ๊ฐ์กฑ์ด ๋ชจ์ฌ ์์ ์กํธ ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ์ด์ ์ถ์์ ๋จ์ด์ง ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์ด ์ค๋๊ฐ๋ง์ ๋ง๋๋ ์ค์ํ ๋ช ์ ์ด ๋์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: seasonal celebrations in Korea
p.147
Short writing practice 1: Find an available video clip on YouTube by using the search term โ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋.โ There will be videos typically of women performing the traditional dance โ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋โ with singing. In the video, what do you see? Watch the video for four to five minutes and write what you saw as much as you can.
1. โ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋โ: Short description of the dance moves (three sentences) _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ 2. โ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋โs change of song tunes (two sentences) _________________________________ _________________________________ 3. Why do you think only women danced under the moon on Chuseok night? (two sentences) _________________________________ _________________________________ Short writing practice 2: Koreans seem to enjoy various kinds of rice cakes. For example, they eat songpyeon on Chuseok as we learned in this chapter. Do you have a special food that you eat on a particular seasonal celebration in your culture? For example, in the US, people eat the ovenbaked turkey and stuffing on Thanksgiving Day. In China, people eat a moon cake on New Yearโs Day. Introduce your cultureโs seasonal food and how to make the food in five sentences. Then write a short story about the most memorable holiday of yours in five sentences. ์ ๋ (nationality: ________________) ์ฌ๋์ ๋๋ค. ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์์๋ ์ฌ ๋ฌ ๋ช ์ ์ด ์์ง๋ง ์ ๊ฐ ์๊ฐํ ๋ช ์ ์ . . . 1. ________________________________ 2. ________________________________ p.148
3. ________________________________ 4. ________________________________ 5. ________________________________ ๊ฐ
...
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
English translation Reading: Chuseok, the Harvest Moon Festival Chuseok is the representative seasonal celebration in Korea. Originally Chuseok was called Hangawi which means center of August. This is the day that the biggest and brightest full moon of the year rises, families get together to make delicious foods and celebrate the harvest of the fall of that year while gazing at the bright moon. As time passed by, Chuseok became the most traditional seasonal celebration in Korea. In Korea, where agriculture used to be the main industry, harvesting grains was the biggest joy after the whole yearโs labor with great effort; therefore this time of the year was the most joyful time. In Chuseok people usually conduct the Seongmyo. Seongmyo is a visit to oneโs ancestorsโ graves to thank them and pull out the weeds that have grown around the graves. Also the day before Chuseok, all the family members from grandfather and grandmothers to children get together and sit around to make songpyeon. Songpyeon is made only on Chuseok during the calendar year, and you ground the newly harvested rice into flour and then make the rice cake by putting bean or sesame seed filling inside. Then you steam them with pine needles so that the rice cake is fragrant. There is even a saying that โthe one who makes the most beautiful Songpyeon gives birth to the most beautiful daughter.โ In the morning of Chuseok families get together and conduct Charye, the ancestral ritual. Charye is an important event in the household and the family members set various kinds of food on a table and bow to their ancestors while thinking about them. Especially for the food that will go on the Charye table, there is a lot of effort that goes into them, such as preparing the food
only from the freshly harvested crops and fruits of that year. The Korean taro, toran, is a specialty food because it is harvested only during the 3 weeks around Chuseok time, so the toran soup, a fall seasonal specialty, definitely is on the menu of the Charye table. There are special games on Chuseok too. During the day, men play a bull parade game or participate in a palanquin fight and in the night women perform a dance called รข&#x20AC;&#x153;Ganggangsuwollae.รข&#x20AC;? This custom is disappearing nowadays, but in the old days, village women got together on the night of Chuseok and made a circle holding their hands and danced while singing a song called Ganggangsuwollae. Then men and children gazed at the bright full moon and made their wishes. p.149
Chuseok is still the celebratory day when people go visiting their families and relatives at their hometown for most Koreans. Every highway overflows with cars on the way to go home and there are traffic jams, but everyone returns home with gifts in hand and smiles on their faces. Chuseok originated from celebrating the joy of harvest in the farming culture, but now it has become an important seasonal celebration when the families who live apart get together after a long time having been separated.
p.150
Chapter 5 Korean stories: yellow ox and black ox ํ๊ตญ์ ์ด์ผ ๊ธฐ: ๋๋ ์์ ๊ฒ์ ์
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you know any folktale that has an ox or a cow? How are they portrayed in the story? 2. Do you know an interesting story associated with a famous historic figure? 3. Can you tell a fable for the next generations?
Figure 5.1 ๋ฐญ๊ฐ์ด Source: ยฉ danmir12/depositphotos.com.
Reading ๋๋ ์์ ๊ฒ์ ์ ์กฐ์ ์๋์ ์ ๋ช ํ ์ฌ์ ์ค ํนํ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์๊ฒ ์น๋ฐํ ์ธ๋ฌผ๋ก ๋ ํฉํฌ ์ ์น์ด ์์ต๋๋ค. ํฉํฌ๋ ์ ์น์ ์๋ฆฌ์ 30๋ ์ด๋ ์์ ์ผ๋ฉด์๋ ๋ชจ๋ ์ด๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ด๋ํ๊ณ ๋งค์ฌ์ ์ ์งํ๊ฒ ์ผ์ ์ฒ๋ฆฌํ ์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ํฉํฌ๋ ๊ฐ๋ํ ์๊ธฐ์๋ ๋จ์ ๋์น๋ฅผ ๋ณด์ง ์๊ณ ๊ตฌ๊น์ด ์์ด ๋ณ๋ณํ๊ฒ ์ด์๋ค๊ณ ์ ํด์ง๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ ์์ด ๋์ฌ๋ ๋๊ณ ์ข ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ๋ฒ๋ฆ์์ด ํฉํฌ์ ์์ผ์ ์ก์ ๋น๊ธฐ ๊ณ ๋์๋ ๊ทธ์ โ์์ด๊ตฌ ์ํ๋ค, ์ํ!โ ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ง ํ๋ฉด์ ๊ป๊ป ์์ ๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋ง์์จ ์ข์ ํฉํฌ๋ 90์ธ ๊ฐ๊น์ด ์ด์๊ณ ์ฌ ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ์ผํ๊ฐ ์๋ ค์ ธ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ง๊ธ๋ถํฐ ํ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ ํฉํฌ๊ฐ ์ค๋ฌด ์ด ์ฏค์ด์์ ๋ ์์๋ ์ผํ์ ๋๋ค. p.151
์ด๋ ๋ ์ ์ ํฉํฌ๊ฐ ์๊ณจ๊ธธ์ ๊ฑท๊ณ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ ๋, ์ ์ชฝ ๋ฐญ ํ ๊ฐ์ด๋ฐ์์ ์ด๋ค ๋์ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ๋๋ ์ ํ ๋ง๋ฆฌ์ ๊ฒ์ ์ ํ ๋ง๋ฆฌ์ ์๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฌผ๋ ค ๋ฐญ์ ๊ฐ๊ณ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ํธ๊ธฐ์ฌ ๋ง์๋ ํฉํฌ ๋ ๊ฐ์๊ธฐ ๊ถ๊ธํด์ ธ์ ๋๋ถ์๊ฒ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์๋ฆฌ์ณ ๋ฌผ์์ต๋๋ค. โ์ด๋ณด์์ค, ๊ฑฐ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ๋ ๋ง๋ฆฌ ์ ์ค ์ด๋ค ์๊ฐ ๋ ์ผ์ ์ ํ์ค?โ ๊ทธ๋ฌ์ ๋์ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ์ง์ ๋ฉ์ถ๊ณ ํฉํฌ๊ฐ ์๋ ๊ธธ๊ฐ๋ก ๋ค ๊ฐ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ ์์ ์๋ฆฌ๋ก ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์์ญ์ด๋ ๊ฒ์ด์์ต๋ ๋ค. โ๋๋ ์๊ฐ ์ผ์ ๋ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. ๊ฒ์ ์๋ ์ผ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ซ์ดํด์ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ฆ๋ ์ ํผ์ฐ์ง์.โ ๋๋ถ๋ ํฉํฌ์๊ฒ ์กฐ์ฌ์ค๋ฝ๊ฒ ๋งํ์ต๋๋ค. ํฉํฌ๋ ๊ตณ์ด ์๊ธฐ์ ๊ฒ๋ก ๋ค๊ฐ์์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์์ ๋ชฉ์๋ฆฌ๋ก ์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ์ฐ์ค์
์ ๋ค์ ๋ฌผ์์ต๋๋ค. โ์๋ ์ด๋ณด์์ค, ์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์์ ๋ชฉ์๋ฆฌ๋ก ๋ง์ ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด์ค?โ ๊ทธ๋ฌ์ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ํฉํฌ์๊ฒ ๊ทธ ์ด์ ๋ฅผ ์ค๋ช ํ์ต๋๋ค. โ๊ทธ๊ฑด ๋๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ๋ชฐ๋ผ์ ํ์๋ ๋ง์์ ๋๋ค. ์ ๊ฐ์ ์ง์น๋ค๋ ๋ ์ด ๊ฐ์ด ์ผํ๋ฉด์ ์๋ก ๋น๊ต๋๋ ๊ฑด ์ซ์ดํฉ๋๋ค.โ ํฉํฌ๊ฐ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ์ฅ๋์ ์น๋ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ก ์๊ฐํ๊ณ ํ ๋ง๋ ๋ ๋ฌผ์ด ๋ณด์์ต๋๋ค. โ์ดํ, ์ง์น๋ค์ด ์ฌ๋์ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์์๋ฃ๊ฒ ์?โ ๋๋ถ๋ ๋ค์ ํฉํฌ์ ์ง๋ฌธ์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋๋ตํ์ต๋๋ค. โ์ ๊ฐ์ ์ง์น๋ค๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์ด ์๊ธฐ์๊ฒ ์ญ์ญํ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด ๊ฒฐ ๊ตญ ์ฃผ์ธ์ ์ง์ฌ์ ์๊ฒ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ์์ ์ ํจ๋ถ๋ก ์๊ฐํ๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ฉด ์๋ฌด๋ฆฌ ํ์ฐฎ์ ๋๋ฌผ์ด๋ผ๋ ์ญ์ญํ์ฌ ์ด์ฐ ์ผ์ ํ ๋ง์ด ๋ ๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น? ๋ด๊ฐ ํ์๋๋๋ก ๋๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ์ ๊ทธ๋์ ๊ณ ๋ง๊ฒ ์ผ์ ํด ์ค ๋๋ฌผ์ด๋, ๋ง ํ ๋ง๋๋ผ๋ ์กฐ์ฌํด์ ๊บผ๋ด์ผ์ง์.โ ํฉํฌ๋ ๋์ ๋๋ถ์ ๊ทธ ๋ง์ ๋ฃ๋ ์๊ฐ ํฌ๊ฒ ๊นจ๋ฌ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ ์ดํ๋ก ํฉํฌ๋ ์๊ฐ์ ๋ฐ๋ก ํ๊ณ ๋๊ตฌ์๊ฒ๋ ๋ฐ๋ปํ ๋ง์์ผ๋ก ๋ํ๋ฉฐ ์๋๋ฐฉ์ ์ํด ๋ฐฐ๋ ค๋ฅผ ํ๊ฒ ๋์๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. p.152
Vocabulary
p.153
p.154
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํฉํฌ ์ ์น์ ์กฐ์ ์๋์ ์ฌ๋ฌ ์ ๋ช ํ ______________ ์ค ํ ๋ถ์ ๋๋ค. 2) ํฉํฌ ์ ์น์ ๊ฐ๋ํ ์๊ธฐ์๋ ๋จ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋ณด ์ง ์๊ณ ๋ณ๋ณํ๊ฒ ์ด์๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ๋ง์์จ ์ข์ ํฉํฌ ์ ์น์ ______________ ์ธ ๊ฐ๊น์ด ์ด์์ต๋ ๋ค. 4) ๋์ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ______________ ํ ๋ง๋ฆฌ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ฐญ์ ๊ฐ๊ณ ์์์ต๋๋ค. 5) ๋๋ถ๋ ํฉํฌ์๊ฒ ๋ค๊ฐ์์ ์์ ๋ชฉ์๋ฆฌ๋ก ______________ ๋ ๊ฒ์ด์์ต๋๋ค. 6) ๊ฒ์ ์๋ ์ผ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ซ์ดํด์ ______________ ๋ ์ ํผ์ฐ์ง ์. 7) ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ํฉํฌ์๊ฒ ๊ทธ ์ด์ ๋ฅผ ______________. (explained) 8) ์์ ์ ______________ ์๊ฐํ๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ฉด ์๋ฌด๋ฆฌ ํ์ฐฎ์ ๋๋ฌผ์ด๋ผ๋ ์ญ์ญํ์ฌ ์ด์ฐ ์ผ์ ํ ๋ง์ด ๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น?
9) ํฉํฌ๋ ๋๊ตฌ์๊ฒ๋ ๋ฐ๋ปํ ๋ง์์ผ๋ก ์๋๋ฐฉ์ ์ํด ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ํ๊ฒ ๋์๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ํฉํฌ ์ ์น์ ๋งค์ฌ์ ์ ์งํ๊ฒ ์ผ์ ์ฒ๋ฆฌํ๊ณ ๊ด๋ํ ์ฑ๊ฒฉ์ด์ ์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ํฉํฌ๋ ์ข ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ์์ผ์ ์ก์ ๋น๊ฒผ์ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ณค์ต๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ๋์ ๋๋ถ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋์ ๋ฐฐ๋ คํ๋ ์ฌ๋์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) p.155
4) ํฉํฌ๋ ๋๋ ์์ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๊ธธ๊ฐ์์ ์๊ธฐ์ง์ ํ์ต๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ๋๋ถ๋ ํฉํฌ์๊ฒ โ๋๋ฆฌโ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ ์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) minister
: ______________ and ______________
2) to whisper
: ______________
3) to plow
: ______________
4) beard
: ______________
5) to approach
: ______________
6) to think of others
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ๋๋ค โ
ยทa) ์ก์๋น๊ธฐ๋ค
2) ์ฐ์ต๋ค โ
ยทb) ์ ๋ค
3) ํจ๋ถ๋ก โ
ยทc) ์ค๋ช ํ๋ค
4) ์ํ๋ค โ
ยทd) ๊ป๊ป
5) ์ด์ โ
ยทe) ํ์ฐฎ์
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ๋์ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ํฉํฌ์๊ฒ ๋ค๊ฐ์์ ์์ ๋ชฉ์๋ฆฌ๋ก ํ ๋ง์ ๋ฌด์ ์ ๋๊น? _________________________________ 2) ๋์ ๋๋ถ๋ ๊ฒ์ ์์ ๋ํด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์๊ฐํฉ๋๊น? (์ฌ๋ฃ โ ingredients) _________________________________ 3) ํฉํฌ๋ ๋์ค์ ํฌ๊ฒ ๊นจ๋ซ๊ณ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋๊น? _________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์ผ๋ก/~๋ก]: as~ (identity of a person) [~์ผ๋ก/~๋ก] is used to identify a person, a personโs status, or a job title. This is a shortened term of [~์ผ๋ก์/~๋ก์] and can be combined with other meaning particles, such as [๋] or [๋ง]. Place [~์ผ] if [~๋ก] follows a consonant ending word.
p.156
Note that [~์ผ๋ก/~๋ก] is not followed by any major case particles such as [์ด], [๊ฐ], [์], [๋ฅผ], etc.
2. [~์๋๋๋ก]: as one wants to + verb [verb + ~์๋๋๋ก] is โas (one) wants to + verbโ expression. The verb before [~์๋๋๋ก] takes an infinitive form. The following are more examples of how to use [~์๋๋๋ก].
3. [Verb past + ~๋] = past experience, used to + verb [Verb past + ~๋] expresses something which happened in the past but the condition or the event is no longer sustained. It is similar to the English expression [used to + verb]. At times [verb past + ~๋] is just marking things which already happened in the past and the action was completed. p.157
Grammar practice 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate forms chosen from the box.
~
~
~
~
~
1) ๋ฏผ์์ด๋ ํ์ ______________ ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ฐธ ์ํ๋ค. 2) ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ ______________ ๋ก์ ๋ง๋ ๋ค.
3) ์ง์์ ์ฑ ______________ ๊ณต๋ถํ ์ฌ๋์ ์ฌํ ์ํ์์ ์คํจ ํ ์ ์๋ค. 4) ํ ______________ ๋์ด๊ฐ ์ต๊ณ ๋ค. 5) ๊ทธ๋ ๋๋ถ______________ ํ์์ ์ด์๋ค. ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ ์ ํ๋ค. 2. Combine the verb and the noun using [~์๋๋๋ก] and complete the sentences as shown in the example. [์ฌ์ฅ๋] + [์ผํ๋ค] + [~์๋ ๋๋ก] + [ํ๋ค] โ ์ฌ์ฅ๋์ด ์ผํ์๋๋๋ก ํ์ต๋๋ค.
1) [์น๊ตฌ๋ค] + [์ฌํ์] + [๊ฐ๋ค] + [~์๋๋๋ก] + [๊ฐ๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 2) [์์ผ์ด๋ค] + [์น๊ตฌ] + [๋จน๋ค] + [~์๋๋๋ก] + [๋จน์๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 3) [๋์] + [๋ฌ์ ๋ณด๋ค] + [์์์ ๋น๋ค] + [~์๋๋๋ก] + [๋น์ ๋ค] p.158
โ _____________________________________ 4) [์๋ง] + [ํ๋ค] + [~์๋๋๋ก] + [๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ค] + [ํ๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 5) [๋๋๋ฌธ ์์ฅ] + [๋ฌผ๊ฑด] + [์ฌ๋ค] + [~์๋๋๋ก] + [์๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 3. Write the following expressions in Korean. 1) the person who used to come : __________________________________ 2) the teacher who used to teach : __________________________________
3) the student who used to attend the college : __________________________________ 4) the radio that I used to listen to : __________________________________ 5) the children who used to pull the beard out : __________________________________ 4. Combine the two grammar patterns [~์๋๋๋ก] and [~๋] to create the sentences as shown in the example. (example) (๊ฐ๋ค, ~์๋๋๋ก, ์ฐ์ฑ , ๊ฐ๋ค, ~๋, ๊ธธ): ๊ฐ
1) (๋๋ค, ~์๋๋๋ก, ๋์ฌ, ๋๋ค, ~๋, ํฉํฌ): ________________________________________ 2) (ํ๋ค, ~์๋๋๋ก, ์ผ, ํ๋ค, ~๋, ๋๋ ์): ________________________________________ 3) (๋จน๋ค, ~์๋๋๋ก, ๋ง์ด, ๋จน๋ค, ~๋, ์น๊ตฌ๋ค): ________________________________________ 5. Underline one incorrect word in the sentences and write it correctly next to the sentence. 1) ๊ฑฐ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ๋ ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ค ์ด๋ค ์๊ฐ ์ผ์ ๋ ์ ํ์ค? 2) ๊ฒ์ ์๋ ์ผ์ ํ๊ณ ์ซ์ดํด์ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ฆ๋ ์ ํผ์ฐ์ง์. 3) ๋์ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ์ง์ ๋ฉ์ถ๋ฉด์ ํฉํฌ๊ฐ ์๋ ๊ธธ๊ฐ๋ก ๋ค๊ฐ์์ต ๋๋ค. 4) . 5) ํฉํฌ๊ฐ ๋๋ถ๊ฐ ์ฅ๋์ ์น๋ ๊ณณ์ผ๋ก ์๊ฐํ๊ณ ํ ๋ง๋ ๋ ๋ฌผ์ด ๋ณด์์ต๋๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. p.159
1. ์ ๊ฐ์ ์ง์น๋ค๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์ด ์๊ธฐ์๊ฒ ์ญ์ญํ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด ๊ฒฐ๊ตญ ์ฃผ์ธ์ ์ง์ฌ์ ์๊ฒ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ํฉํฌ๋ ๋์ ๋๋ถ์ ๊ทธ ๋ง์ ๋ฃ๋ ์๊ฐ ํฌ๊ฒ ๊นจ๋ฌ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ๋ด๊ฐ ํ์๋๋๋ก ๋๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ์ ๊ทธ๋์ ๊ณ ๋ง๊ฒ ์ผ์ ํด ์ค ๋๋ฌผ์ ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: counting ages
When expressing someoneโs age, use the Korean native number system followed by the age counter [์ด]. An exception is saying the age twenty (= twenty years old) that it drops [ใน] sound from ์ค๋ฌผ. In all other counting ages in the twenties from 21, 22, 23 . . . are regular numbers so the [ใน] is put back.
Short writing practice 1: Find an available video clip on YouTube by using the search term โํ๊ตญ์ ์์ธ ํฉํฌโ and watch it for about three minutes. There will be animated videos portraying anecdotes of ํฉํฌ that includes a similar story to ๋๋ ์์ ๊ฒ์ ์. There are some similarities and differences in the video from what we read in our main reading text. What are the similarities and differences? Write your observations in two sentences in each space in the following chart.
p.160
Short writing practice 2: The story ๋๋ ์์ ๊ฒ์ ์ tells a story of a famous minister in the Choseon period, ํฉํฌ, and the story seems to teach moral instructions to all Koreans. Do you have a historical figure in your culture that has such a well-known anecdote? Who is the person and what is the moral instruction from the story?
Write about this historic figure including why he or she is famous in two sentences. Then write the anecdote in a short paragraph for about seven to eight sentences. ์ ๋ช ํ ์ธ๋ฌผ ์ด๋ฆ: _______________________________ ? 1. ____________________________________ 2. ____________________________________ p.161
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________
English translation Reading: yellow ox and black ox p.162
Among the famous ministers of the Choseon era, one especially familiar figure is Minister Hwanghi. In spite of the fact that Hwanghi stayed in his post as many as 30 years, he was generous to everyone and executed his job assignments with honesty. Also it is said that Hwanghi lived a dignified life even when he was poor and he was not concerned with other peopleโs opinions. He helped out farming with pride and just laughed when his servantsโ children pulled Hwanghiโs beard by saying โAh, youโre hurting
me! Itโs hurting!โ and just laughed heartily. Hwanghi who had such a heart of gold lived to nearly 90 years old and there are a lot of his anecdotes known to us. The story that we will tell from now on is one of the anecdotes when he was about 20 years old. One day, young Hwanghi was walking on the countryside road. Then, there was an old farmer plowing the field with two oxen, one is a yellow ox and the other was a black ox. Hwanghi who had a great curiosity suddenly wondered so he cried out loud asking to the famer. โHello old man, between the two oxen you are accompanying, which one does work better?โ Soon the old farmer stopped his plowing and approached Hwanghi on the sidewalk where Hwanghi stood. After that the old farmer whispered to Hwanghiโs ears quietly. โThe yellow ox works better. The black ox dislikes working and is lazy.โ The farmer said to Hwanghi carefully. Hwanghi felt funny about this farmer who approached all the way to him to just say the answer ever so quietly so he asked again. โWell, my old man, why do you say in such a soft voice?โ After that the farmer explained the reason to Hwanghi. โPray, youโre saying such a thing because you donโt know it well. Even the animals like oxen, they donโt like to be compared to each other while they are working together.โ Hwanghi definitely thought the old farmer was playing tricks on him and asked one more question. โOh my, how in the world do you think the animals comprehend human language?โ The famer again answered to Hwanghiโs question. โEven to animals like oxen, when the owner says sad things about them, eventually they realize the truth about the owner. If the animal realizes that he is thought to be useless by his own owner, how would he have a good feeling in working for the owner? I should be thankful when I speak of the
animals because these animals worked so hard following my directions as I commanded them, I should be careful with even bringing up a word.รข&#x20AC;? Hwanghi at that moment had an epiphany of the old farmerรข&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wisdom. After that, Hwanghi changed his mind and treated everyone with warmth and treated others considerately.
p.163
Chapter 6 Incheon City ์ธ์ฒ
Pre-reading questions 1. Which city is your favorite city? Do you have a city where you have a special memory? 2. Do you have a traditional market in your culture? What do they sell there? 3. Do you know about the Korean War? Tell us about what you know about the Korean War.
Figure 6.1 ์ธ์ฒ ์ก๋ Source: ยฉ joon2079/Pixabay.com.
Figure 6.2 ์ธ์ฒ ์ฐจ์ด๋ ํ์ด Source: ยฉ Jaelim Roh.
Figure 6.3 ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด Source: ยฉ Jaelim Roh.
p.164
Reading
์ธ์ฒ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฐพ๋ ๋ง์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ฒ์ ๋์ฐฉํ๋ ๊ณณ์ด ์ธ์ฒ ๊ตญ์ ๊ณตํญ ์ ๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ ๊ณตํญ์ ๋ํ๋ฏผ๊ตญ์ ์๋ ์์ธ์ ์ค์ฌ์ ์์นํ ์ ์ธ์ญ์์ ๊ณตํญ์ฒ ๋๋ฅผ ์ด์ฉํ๋ฉด ์งํต์ผ๋ก 50๋ถ ์ ๋์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ์ ์ ์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ธ์ฒ ๊ณตํญ์์ ๋ฆฌ๋ฌด์ง ๋ฒ์ค๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด ์์ธ๊น์ง ํ ์๊ฐ ๋ฐ ์ ๋ ๊ฑธ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ค์๋ถ์ ์์นํ ํด์ ๋ ์๋ก ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ธ ๋ฒ์งธ๋ก ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋ง์ ๋๋์์ ๋๋ค. 2014๋ ์ ์ค์๋ ์ธ๊ตฌ ์กฐ์ฌ์ ์ํ๋ฉด ์ธ์ฒ์๋ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ์ ํฌํจํด ์ฝ 3๋ฐฑ๋ง ๋ช ์ ๋์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ด๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ง์ ์์ธ์ ๋ง๊ณผ ๋น ์ทํด์ ์ธ์ฒ ์ง์ญ์ ์ฌํฌ๋ฆฌ๋ ๋ณ๋ก ๋๋ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์ ํญ๊ตฌ ๋์์ ๋๋ค. ์ง๋ฆฌ์ ์ผ๋ก๋ ์ค๊ตญ๊ณผ ๊ฐ๊น์์ ์ค๋ซ ๋์ ์ค๊ตญ๊ณผ ๋ฌด์ญ์ ํด ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฌ๋ค ์ ์ฐจ 19์ธ๊ธฐ ๋ง๋ถํฐ ์ค ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ค์ด์ ์ฅ์ฌ๋ ํ๊ณ ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ ์ ๋ ๋ง์ด ๊ฑฐ์ฃผ ํ๊ฒ ๋๋ฉด์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ํ์ด์ ๋ง๋ค๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ์ค๊ตญ์์ ์ด์ฃผํด ์จ ์ด๋ฐ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ <ํ๊ต>๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. ํ์ฌ ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ํ ์ด์ ๊ด๊ด ๋ช ์๋ก ํนํ ์ธ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋์ต๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ธ ๋ชจ๋์๊ฒ ์ฌ๋ ๋ฐ๋ ๊ตญ๋ฏผ ์์์ธ ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด๋ ์๋ ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ํ์ด์์ ์์๋ ์๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ์ญ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง ๊ตญ์ ๋์ ์ ๋๋ค. ๋ ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ฐ๋ค ๊ฒฝ์น๋ฅผ ์ข์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ ๋์ ๊ด๊ด์ ์ข์ํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์๊ฒ ๋ํ ๋์ ์๋ ์ข์ ๊ด๊ด์ง์ ๋๋ค. ์ฌ์ค ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ฒ ์ ์ด ๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์ฐ ์ ์ดฌ์์ง๋ก๋ ์ ๋ช ํฉ๋๋ค. ๋๋ผ๋ง <์ฒ๊ตญ์ ๊ณ๋จ>์ด๋ ๋ ์ต๊ทผ ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์๋ <๋ณ์์ ์จ ๊ทธ๋>, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ ๋ช ํ ์ํ <์ค๋ฏธ ๋> ๋ฑ์ ๋ชจ๋ ์ธ์ฒ์์ ์ฐ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค์ํ ๋์์ด๊ธฐ๋ ํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ ์ ์ ๋ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ์ฅ๊ตฐ ๋งฅ์๋๊ฐ ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๊ตฐ์ด ์ธ์ฒ์ ์๋ฅํ์ฌ ๋ถํ์ ๊ณต๊ฒฉํ์ต๋๋ค. ์ญ์ฌ๋ฅผ ์ข์ํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ธ์ฒ ์๋ด์ ์์นํ <
์ธ์ฒ ์๋ฅ ์์ ๊ธฐ๋ ๊ด>์์ ์ด์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ์ญ์ฌ ๊ณต๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ ์์ธ ํ ํ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ธ์ฒ์๋ ๊ฐํ๋, ๋ฐฑ๋ น๋, ๋์ ๋ ๋ฑ ์ฌ๋ฌ ์ฌ๋ค๋ ํฌํจ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ฌ์์ ๋ฐฑ์ฌ์ฅ์ด ์๋ฆ๋ค์ด ํด๋ณ์ ๊ฒฝ์น๋ฅผ ์ฆ๊ธฐ๊ฑฐ๋, ํด์ ๊ด๊ด ์ํ ๋ฒ์ค๋ฅผ ํ๊ณ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ๊ณ ๋์ ๋ง์๋ ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ์ ์ฆ๊ธธ ์ ๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ฐ๋ท๊ฐ๋ผ์ ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ์ ๋น์ธ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ธ ์ฒ์ ๊ด๊ด์ง๋ก ๊ฐ๋ฐ์ด ์ ๋์ด ์์ด์ ๋ฒ์ค๋ก ์ฌ๋ฌ ๊ณณ์ ์ธ๊ณ ํธ ์ํ๊ฒ ๋์๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. p.165
์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋ค์ํ ๊ฒฝํ์ ํ ์ ์๋ ์ธ์ฒ! ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฐ๋ฉด ๊ผญ ์ฌํ ํด ๋ณด์ธ์.
Vocabulary
p.166
p.167
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words.
1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ค๋ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ฒ์ ๋์ฐฉํ๋ ๊ณณ์ด ______________ ๊ตญ์ ๊ณตํญ์ ๋๋ค. 2) ์์ธ์ญ์์ ๊ณตํญ์ฒ ๋๋ฅผ ์ด์ฉํ๋ฉด ์ธ์ฒ๊น์ง ______________ ๋ถ์ด ๊ฑธ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 3) ์ธ์ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์์ ______________ ๋ก ์ธ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋ง์ ๋๋์์ ๋ ๋ค. 4) ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ง์ ์์ธ์ ๋ง๊ณผ ๋น์ทํด์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ๋ณ ๋ก ๋๋ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. 5) ์ธ์ฒ์ ______________ (geographically) ์ค๊ตญ๊ณผ ๊ฐ๊น์์ ์ค๊ตญ ๊ณผ ์ค๋ซ๋์ ๋ฌด์ญ์ ํด ์์ต๋๋ค. 6) ์ค๊ตญ์์ ์ด์ฃผํด ์จ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ______________ ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. 7) ์ธ์ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์ฐ์ ๊ณณ์ผ๋ก ______________. 8) ์ 2์ฐจ ์ธ๊ณ ๋์ ์์ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ์ฅ๊ตฐ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ์ธ์ฒ ์ ์๋ฅํ์ต๋๋ค. 9) ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ฐ๋ท๊ฐ๋ผ์ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ๋น์ธ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ์ ํฉ ๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ธ๊ตฌ๋ ์ฝ 3์ฒ๋ง ๋ช ์ ๋์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ์ธ์ฒ์์๋ ์ค๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ฌํฌ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ข ์๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ฐ๋ค์ ๊ฒฝ์น๋ ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ์ ์ข์ํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ข์ํฉ๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ๊ฐํ๋, ๋ฐฑ๋ น๋, ๋์ ๋ ๋ฑ์ ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ฌ์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ํด์ ๊ด๊ด ์ํ ๋ฒ์ค๋ ์ธ๊ณ ํธ์ํฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) experience
: ______________
2) to be comfortable
: ______________
3) to arrive
: ______________
4) seashore
: ______________
5) definitely
: ______________
6) to develop
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ํญ๊ตฌ โ
ยทa) ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด
2) ์ดฌ์์ง โ
ยทb) ๋๋ผ๋ง
3) ๊ตญ๋ฏผ์์ โ
ยทc) ์ฅ๊ตฐ
4) ํด์ โ
ยทd) ๋ฐ๋ท๊ฐ
5) ๋งฅ์๋ โ
ยทe) ๋ฌด์ญ p.168
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด์ ์ด๋์ ๋๊ฐ ๋ง๋ ์์์ ๋๊น? ________________________________ 2) ์ธ์ฒ์ด ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค์ํ ๋์์ธ ์ด์ ๋ ๋ฌด์์ ๋๊น? ________________________________ 3) ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ธ๊ณ ํธ์ํ๊ฒ ๋์๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํ๋ฉด ๋ฉ๋๊น? ________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์ ์์นํด ์๋ค]: it is located in/on~ [~์ ์์นํด ์๋ค] is the most common expression in describing a geographic location of a city, house, landmarks, or seashores. The verb โ์ ์นํ๋คโ is a [~ํ๋ค] compound verb that is found in many other words like ๊ณต๋ถํ๋ค, ์ด๋ํ๋ค, ์ผํ๋ค, ์ฌ๋ํ๋ค, ๋งํ๋ค, ์๊ฐํ๋ค, ๋นจ๋ํ๋ค. In Korean, all the [~ํ๋ค] compound verbs are an active voice but in English
โ์์นํ๋คโ is expressed in a passive voice, as โis located in/on.โ [~์ ์์น ํด ์๋ค] has a tendency to take a short and tense-neutral style description and is often seen in brochures or travel guides.
2. [~์ ์ํ๋ฉด]: according to~ [~์ ์ํ๋ฉด] is equal to โaccording to~โ or โfollowing~โ expressions. It is widely used with different sources, such as a person, report, book, document, argument, or an organization. The form is sometimes combined with [~๋ฐ] as in [~๋ฐ์ ์ํ๋ฉด]. [~๋ฐ] is a dependent noun that is used with other verbal modifier constructions. Letโs see the usages of both the [~์ ์ํ๋ฉด] and [~๋ฐ์ ์ํ๋ฉด] in the examples. p.169
3. [~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค] = it is not only that~ [~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค] is used when you want to make an emphasis on the fact. Usually other examples or further explanations follow after using this expression. Similarly, its adverbial form [~๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ] is used commonly in the sentences as well, which means โbesides, moreover, or in addition.โ Letโs see examples for both the expressions. p.170
Grammar practice 1. Write a short description of the following places with [~์ ์์นํด ์ ๋ค]. 1) London is located in the South East of England. โ _____________________________________ 2) Kwangwamun is located in the center of Seoul. โ _____________________________________ 3) Jejudo is an island located to the South of Korea. โ _____________________________________ 2. Connect the semantically appropriate sources in 1 to 4 with the expressions in a to d. 1) Reportยท
ยทa) 2014๋ ์ธ๊ตฌ ์กฐ์ฌ์ ์ํ๋ฉด
2) Personยท
ยทb) ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๊ด์ฐฐํ ๋ฐ์ ์ํ๋ฉด
3) Bookยท
ยทc) ์ ์์ ๋ฐํ์ ์ํ๋ฉด
4) Organizationยท
ยทd) ์ผ๊ตญ์ ์ฌ์ ์ํ๋ฉด
3. Combine the strings of words including [~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค/~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์ ๋๋ผ] and create sentences as shown in the example. [์ ๋ช ํ๋ค] + [๊ฒ] + [๋ฐ๋ค] + [~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค] โ ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ฒ์ ๋ฐ๋ค๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋๋ค.
1) [ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ] + [~๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ] + [์ ์ ํ๋ค] + [์ผ์ฑ] + [๋จน๋ค] โ _____________________________________ p.171
2) [์ธ์ฒ] + [์ ๋ช ํ๋ค] + [๊ฒ] + [์ฐจ์ด๋ํ์ด] + [์ง์ฅ๋ฉด] + [~๋ฟ ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 3) [์ญ์ฌ์ ] + [์ค์ํ๋ค] + [๋์] + [์ด๋ค] + [~๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ] + [๊ด๊ด์ง] + [์ ๋ช ํ๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 4) [์ ๋ฏผ์ด] + [์] + [ํ๋ค] + [๊ฒ] + [์ด] + [~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค] โ _____________________________________ 4. Write the following expressions in Korean. 1) It is located in the South : ____________________________________ 2) It is located in Mexico : ____________________________________ 3) It is located on the right side : ____________________________________ 4) It is located on the third floor : ____________________________________ 5) It is located inside of peopleโs hearts : ____________________________________
5. Complete the following sentences using the cues given in the brackets. 1) _____________________ (According to the New York Times) ์์ง ๋ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ์ธ์ข ๋ฌธ์ ๊ฐ ์ฌ๊ฐํ๋ค. 2) _____________________ (According to the Memorabilia of the Three Kingdoms) ๋จ๊ตฐ์ด ํ๊ตญ์ ์์กฐ์ด๋ค. 3) _____________________ (According to the evening news) ์ธ์ฒ์ด ๊ด๊ด์ง๋ก ์ ์ ์ ๋ช ํด์ง๊ณ ์๋ค๊ณ ํ๋ค. 6. Underline one incorrect word in the sentences and write it correctly next to the sentence. 1) ์ฌํ์ ๋๋ผ๋ ๊ฑด ์์๋ถ ํ ๋จธ๋๋ฟ ์๋๋ค. 2) ์ด๋ฟ๋ง์ ๋๋ค. ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ฒ๋ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ ๊ณณ์ด ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ด๋๋ฟ๋ง ๊ฑด๊ฐ์์ ์๋๋ผ ์ฑ๊ฒจ ๋จน๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ค์ํ๋ค. 4) ๋ฑ์ฐ์ ๋จ์๋ค๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ ์ฌ์๋ค๋ ๋ฟ์ด๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ์ธ์ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์ฐ์ ์ดฌ์์ง๋ก๋ ์ ๋ช ํฉ๋ ๋ค. : ____________________________________ p.172
2. ์ธ์ฒ์ ๋ง์ ์์ธ์ ๋ง๊ณผ ๋น์ทํด์ ๊ทธ ์ง์ญ์ ์ฌํฌ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋ณ๋ก ๋ ๋ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ๋ฐ๋ท๊ฐ๋ผ์ ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ์ ๋น์ธ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: some popular tourist attractions in Korea Season
Place
Famous for
๋ด
๊ฑฐ์ ํด์ ๋๋ก
The Korean governmentโs tourist office elected this road as โthe most beautiful road in Korea.โ The rock formations, windmills, and the views over the ocean on the white sand beach altogether create a series of fantastic scenes in the South Coast of Korea.
Figure 6.4 ๊ฑฐ์ ํด์๋ ๋ก Source: ยฉ jyi/Pixabay.com.
์ฌ๋ฆ
Incredible beachside tower with a view to lake Gyeongpoho (๊ฒฝํฌ ํธ) and the large white sand beach. The tower and the region are one of the most beautiful places on the East Coast as complimented by many poets from Korean history.
๊ฐ๋ฆ ๊ฒฝํฌ๋
Figure 6.5 ๊ฐ๋ฆ ๊ฒฝํฌ๋ Source:
ยฉ
iggy74/depositphotos.com.
๊ฐ์
์ค์ ์ฐ
Figure 6.6 ์ค์ ์ฐ Source: ยฉ rinae/Pixabay.com.
The most beautiful fall foliage in Korea is found in Seoraksan (์ค์ ์ฐ). Luxurious colorful fall foliage spreads out among the famous twisted, expressive rock formations in the valleys.
๊ฒจ์ธ
์จ์ฒ
This hot spring, oncheon (์จ์ฒ), is the only natural hot spring where the water comes directly out of the earth in the country. Because of the rich mineral component and non-altered temperature, it is known for having a power of healing the human body.
Figure 6.7 ์จ์ฒ Source:
ยฉ
leungchopan/depositphotos.com.
p.173
Short writing practice 1: Find available photos on the Internet portraying one of the famous places to visit in Korea introduced from the previous section, โSome popular tourist attractions in Korea.โ The four places were ๊ฑฐ์ ํด์ ๋๋ก, ๊ฐ๋ฆ ๊ฒฝํฌ๋, ์ค์ ์ฐ ๋จํ, and ์ธ์ง ๋๊ตฌ ์จ์ฒ. p.174
Write about the photos of your chosen place first. Then introduce your own countryโs famous tourist attraction.
๊ณ์ : ___________________ ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ด๊ด์ง: ___________________________ ์ฌ์ง์์ ๋ณด์ด๋ ๊ฒ: _________________________________________ _________________________________________ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์๋ ์๋ฆ๋ค์ด ๊ด๊ด์ง๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. __________________ ์ (season) ______________๋ก (location) ์ฌํ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. _____________________ ๋ . . . _________________________________________
_________________________________________ _________________________________________ _________________________________________ Short writing practice 2: What is your favorite city? Find information about your favorite city and write about it similar to the main reading text of the chapter. Following the instruction, write about its population, history, food to eat, and famous places to visit. ์ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ข์ํ๋ ๋์๋ ______________________ ์ ๋๋ค. : 1. ________________________________ : 2. ________________________________ 3. ________________________________ 4. ________________________________ : 5. ________________________________ p.175
6. ________________________________ 7. ________________________________ : 8. ________________________________ 9. ________________________________ 10. ________________________________
English translation
Reading: Incheon City Many people who visit Korea arrive first at Incheon International Airport. Incheon Airport is a distance of 50 minutes by Direct Airport Train from Seoul Station, which is located in the center of Seoul, the capital of South Korea. By Airport Limousine Bus, it takes about one hour and a half from Incheon Airport to Seoul. Incheon is a city that is located in the midwest coastal region and it is the third most populous city in Korea. According to the census research from 2014, there are 3 million people living in Incheon including foreigners. Incheonโs dialect is similar to that of Seoulโs so you donโt really feel the regional dialect. p.176
Incheon is a port city. Geographically it is close to China, so people have been trading with China for a long time. Chinese merchants began living in Incheon at the end of the 19th century and since then gradually grew and formed Chinatown. Such people who migrated from China are called โhwagyo.โ Chinatown nowadays is an especially popular tourist attraction. Jjajangmyeon, the beloved Korean peopleโs national dish, has started first from the old Incheonโs Chinatown. Incheon is an international city with such an interesting history. Incheon is a great tourist spot for the people who enjoy ocean scenery and cruise tours. In fact, these are not the only famous ones. Incheon is famous for its shooting locations for popular Korean dramas and movies. The movie โSilmidoโ and the drama โStair Way to Heaven,โ and a recent hit drama โMy Love from the Starโ were all shot in Incheon. Incheon is also a historically important city. The UN soldiers, led by the US general MacArthur, landed in Incheon and attacked North Korea during the Korean War. People who like history can study with more details at the Memorial Hall for Incheon Landing Operation located in Incheon city. Many islands such as Ganghwado, Baengnyeongdo, and Deokjeokdo are included in Incheon. On these islands, after you enjoy the scenery of the white sand beaches, or after touring on the seashore tour circulation bus, you may enjoy delicious seafood. Because these restaurants are on the shore, seafood is not expensive and also fresh. Incheon has been well developed for
tourists so many places are reachable by the bus which is inexpensive and comfortable. Incheon, the place for a variety of experiences! Definitely travel to Incheon when you go to Korea.
p.177
Chapter 7 Importance of education ๊ต ์ก์ ์ค์์ฑ
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you have people in your culture who prefer studying overseas to studying domestically? 2. Have you heard that Koreans place education as a priority for their children? What do you know about Koreansโ education practice? 3. What do you regard as an important value in your culture? (For example, education, equality, economic growth, peace, stability, religion.) Talk about the important value of your culture.
Figure 7.1 ์๋ฐ์ ์ง Source: ยฉ hisins30/Pixabay.com.
Reading ๊ต์ก์ ์ค์์ฑ p.178
๋ฏธ๊ตญ, ์๊ตญ, ์์ผ๋๋, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์ ๋ฑ ์์ด๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๊ตญ์ด ๋ก ์ฐ๋ ๋๋ผ์ ๋ง์ ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์ ์์ ํ์๋ค์๊ฒ ์์ด ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๋ฅด์น๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ์ ์ฐธ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ์์ด ๊ต์ก ์ดํ ๋ ๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ฐ๋๊ตญ์ด๋ผ์ ์ด์ ๋ถํฐ ๋ฌด์ญ์ ํตํด ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋๋ผ ๋ค๊ณผ์ ๊ต๋ฅ๊ฐ ์ฆ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋์ ๋ง๊ตญ๊ณตํต์ด์ธ ์์ด์ ์ค์์ฑ ์ ์๊ฐ์ด ์ง๋ ์๋ก ์ ์ ๋ ํด ์ก์ต๋๋ค. ํนํ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ข์ ํ์ฌ์ ์ทจ์ง์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํด์ ์ค๊ตญ์ด, ์์ด, ์ผ๋ณธ์ด ๋ฑ ์ธ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ๊ณต ๋ถํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. ์ข์ ํ์ฌ์ ์ทจ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํด์๋ ์ข์ ๋ํ์ ์กธ์ ํ๋ ๊ฒ๋ ์ค์ํ์ง๋ง ์ด๋ฐ ์ธ๊ตญ์ด ํ ์คํธ์์ ์ข์ ์ฑ์ ์ ๋ด๋ ๊ฒ๋ ์ด์ ์ค์ํ ์์๊ฐ ๋์๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ํ์ง๋ง ์๊ณ ๋ณด๋ฉด ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ๊ต์ก์ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ก ์๊ฐํด ์จ ๊ฒ์ ์ค๋๋ ๊ฐ์๊ธฐ ์๊ธด ์ผ์ ์๋๋๋ค. ์ ๋ผ ์๋๋ถํฐ <๊ณผ ๊ฑฐ>๋ผ๋ ์ํ์ด ์์๋์๋๋ฐ ํนํ ๊ณ ๋ ค ์๋๋ถํฐ๋ ๊ทธ ์ํ์ ์ ์ข์ ์ฑ์ ์ ๋ด์ผ ํ๊ตญ์์ ๊ด๋ฃ๊ฐ ๋์ด ์ฑ๊ณตํ๊ณ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ ๊ฐ ์ง ์ ์์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ดํ ์กฐ์ ์๋์๋ ์ด ๊ณผ๊ฑฐ ์ํ์ด ๋ ํ์ฅ๋๊ณ ๋ค์ํด์ก์ต๋๋ค. ์ํ ์ฑ์ ์ด ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ผ๋ง๋ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋ณด์ฌ์ฃผ๋ ์์ ๋๋ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก ๊ต์ก ์ดํ์ด ๋ฐ๋์ ์ข์ ๊ฒ๋ง์ ์๋๋๋ค. ์ด๋ค์ด๋ค์ ๋ถ๋ด์ค๋ฌ์ด ์ฌ๊ต์ก๋น ๋๋ฌธ์ ํ์ฌ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ถ์ฐ์จ์ด ๋ฎ๋ค๊ณ ์ง์ ์ ํ๊ธฐ๋ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์ฌ์ค ๊ฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ค ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์๊ฐํ๋ ๊ฐ์น๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ฌ์ฐ๋ ์๋ผ๋น์์์๋ ์ข ๊ต๊ฐ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ผ์ ์ผ์ ์ํ ์์์ ์ด์ฌ๋ ์ธ๊ณ์ ๊ฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ฐ์ํฉ๋๋ค. ๋ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๊ฐ์ ๋๋ผ๋ ํ๋ฑ์ด ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ผ์ ๋ถ์๋ ๊ฐ๋ํ ์ฌ๋, ํน์ ๋จ์์ ์ฌ์ ์ฌ์ด์ ๊ด๊ณ๋ ๋ชจ๋ ๋ค ํ๋ฑํ๋ค๋ ์๊ฐ์ ํ๊ณ , ๋ ์ฌํ ์ํ์
ํ๋ฉด์ ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ํ๋ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ค์ํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ด๋ฐ ๋ํ ์ ์ธ ๊ฐ์น๊ฐ ๊ต์ก์ ๋๋ค. ๊ต์ก์ ์ ๋ฐ์์ ์ข์ ๋ํ์ ๋ค์ด๊ฐ ๋ฉด ๊ทธ๋ ์ง ์์ ์ฌ๋๋ณด๋ค ์ทจ์ง๋ ์ฝ๊ณ , ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๊ทธ ์ฌ๋ ์ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฑ์คํ ์ฌ๋์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์ธ์ ํด ์ค๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๊ทธ๋ค ์ง ๋์ ์ฐ๋ด์ ๋ฐ์ง๋ ์๋๋ผ๋ ํ๊ตญ์์ ๊ต์ก์๋ ์ง์ ์ ์ ์ง๋ ๋ง์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์กด๊ฒฝํ๋ ์ง์ ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ต์ก์ด๋ ์ฑ์ ์ด ์ด ๋ ๊ฒ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌํ์์ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๊ฐ ๋ ๊ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ ํต์ ์ธ ๊ณผ ๊ฑฐ ์ ๋์ ํจ๊ป ํ ๊ธด ์ญ์ฌ์ ๋ฐ์ ํ ๊ด๊ณ๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด์ ๊ฐ์ด, ์ด๋ค ์ฌํ์์ ์ค์ํ๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ ๊ฐ์น๊ด์ ๊ทธ ์ฌํ์ ํ์ฌ์ ๋ชจ์ต์ ์ดํดํ ์ ์๋ ๋๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. p.179
Vocabulary
p.180
p.181
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ์์ด๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๊ตญ์ด๋ก ์ฐ๋ ๋๋ผ์ ๋ง์ ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์ ์์ ํ์๋ค์๊ฒ ์์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๋ฅด์น๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ์ ______________. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ______________ ์ด๋ผ์ ์ด์ ๋ถํฐ ๋ฌด์ญ์ ํตํด ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ผ๋ค๊ณผ์ ๊ต๋ฅ๊ฐ ์ฆ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์์ด์ ______________ ์/๋ ์๊ฐ์ด ์ง๋ ์๋ก ์ ์ ๋ ํด์ก ์ต๋๋ค.
4) ์๊ณ ๋ณด๋ฉด ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ๊ต์ก์ ์ค์ํ ______________ ๋ก ์๊ฐ ํด ์์ต๋๋ค. 5) ๊ต์ก ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ๋ฐ๋์ ์ข์ ๊ฒ๋ง์ ์๋๋๋ค. 6) ์ฌ์ฐ๋ ์๋ผ๋น์์์๋ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ผ ์ ์ผ์ ์ํ ์์์ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. 7) ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์ ๋ฐ์์ ์ข์ ๋ํ์ ๋ค์ด๊ฐ๋ฉด ๋์ ๋ํ์ ๋ค์ด๊ฐ ๊ฒ ๋ณด๋ค ์ทจ์ง์ด ์ฝ์ต๋๋ค. 8) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์กด๊ฒฝ ๋ฐ๋ ์ง์ ์ ______________ ์ ๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ, ์๊ตญ, ์์ผ๋๋ ๋ฑ ์์ด๊ฐ ๋ชจ๊ตญ์ด์ธ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์์ ์์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๋ฅด์นฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฌ์ด๋ผ์ ์ด์ ๋ถํฐ ๋ฌด์ญ์ ํตํด ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋๋ผ๋ค๊ณผ์ ๊ต๋ฅ ๊ฐ ์ฆ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ์กฐ์ ์๋์๋ ๊ณผ๊ฑฐ ์ํ์ด ํ์ฅ๋๊ณ ๋ค์ํด์ก์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์์ ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์๊ฐํ๋ ๊ฐ์น๋ ์ข ๊ต์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์กด๊ฒฝ๋ฐ๋ ์ง์ ์ ๊ต์ก์์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to be close
: ______________
2) looks
: ______________
3) to acknowledge
: ______________
4) religion
: ______________
5) value
: ______________
6) to succeed
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ์ธ๊ตญ์ด โ
a) ์กฐ์
2) ๊ณผ๊ฑฐ โ
b) ํ๋ฑ
3) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ๊ฐ์น โ
c) ๋ฐ๋๊ตญ
4) ์ธ์ โ
d) ์ทจ์ง
5) ๊ต๋ฅ โ
e) ์กด๊ฒฝ p.182
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ์์ด๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๊ตญ์ด๋ก ์ฐ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์์ ๋ฌด์จ ์ผ์ ํฉ๋๊น? : _________________________________ 2) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ด๋ค ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ทจ์ง์ ์ ํฉ๋๊น? : _________________________________ 3) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ ๋ฌด์์ ๋๊น? : _________________________________
Grammar 1. [~ใน ์๋ก/~์ ์๋ก]: the more~ the more~/the less~ the less~ [~ใน ์๋ก/~์ ์๋ก] is describing a relationship between two changing conditions. It is close to the English expressions โthe more~ the more~โ or โthe less~ the less~โ that shows the correlation of the two measurements. It often accompanies the expressions such as ์ ์ (gradually, more and more), or ๋ (more) for the increase of the measurement. On the other hand, for the expressions of gradual change into โlessโ the expression ๋ (less) is frequently used. Use [~ใน ์๋ก] after a verb that ends with a vowel and use [~์ ์๋ก] after a verb that ends with a consonant.
p.183
2. [~์ด์ผ ํ๋ค/~์์ผ ํ๋ค]: have to, must~ [~์ด์ผ ํ๋ค/~์์ผ ํ๋ค] is an expression for an obligation and is close to โhave toโ or โmustโ expression. [~์ด์ผ ํ๋ค/~์์ผ ํ๋ค] pattern is a common expression and widely used both in conversations and written texts. King Sejong called the vowels such as [์ด], [์ผ], and [์ด] โdark vowelsโ in his documentation of Hangeul creation. The thinking behind such classification had been driven by phonetic knowledge that the two groups of vowels produced from the back or the front of the mouth are classified together. Later these groups were named after a color scheme. According to this classification, [์] and [์ค] are called โbright vowels.โ In Korean grammar, each class of vowel will attract similar vowels when connecting verbs and adjectives with grammar patterns. Use [~์ด์ผ ํ๋ค] after the verb containing dark vowels such as [์ด], [์ผ], and [์ด]. Use [~์์ผ ํ๋ค] after the verb containing bright vowels such as [์] and [์ค]. Here are some
examples of [~์ด์ผ ํ๋ค/~์์ผ ํ๋ค] combined with verbs and adjectives that have dark and bright vowels.
Letโs see more examples of these patterns used in longer sentences.
p.184
The verb ํ๋ค takes an irregular form ํด์ผ ํ๋ค.
3. [~๊ธฐ ์ํด์] = for~, in order to~
[~๊ธฐ ์ํด์] is used after the verb meaning โin order to~โ or โwith intention to~.โ Donโt forget to place a space in between [๊ธฐ] and [์ํด์] when you write this pattern. Sometimes it is natural to translate this pattern with โfor~โ or simply โto~.โ
Grammar practice 1. Choose the correct form between [~ใน ์๋ก] and [~์ ์๋ก] for the given verbs, then combine the two as shown in the example. (example) ๊ฐ๋ค โ ๊ฐ ์๋ก
1) ์๋ค โ ____________________ 2) ๋จน๋ค โ ____________________ 3) ์๊ฐํ๋ค โ ____________________ 4) ๋๋ค โ ____________________ 5) ์ ๋ค โ ____________________ 6) ๊ฐ์น์ด๋ค โ ____________________
2. Connect the verbs on the left column with the correct grammar patterns on the right. You may connect multiple verbs to the same grammar pattern. p.185 1) ๋จน๋คยท
ยทa) ~์์ผ ํ๋ค
2) ์ฐ๋ค 3) ๋ง๋ค 4) ๊ธธ๋คยท
ยทb) ~์ด์ผ ํ๋ค
3. Write the following phrases in Korean. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
I have to go : _____________________ I have to think : _____________________ I have to drink : _____________________ It has to be low : _____________________ You have to reflect : _____________________
4. Complete the conversation using [~๊ธฐ ์ํด์]. 1) ๊ฐ: ์ธ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ์ ๊ณต๋ถํ์ธ์? ๋: __________________________ (in order to acquire a job) ๊ณต๋ถ ํด์. 2) ๊ฐ: ๊ณผ๊ฑฐ ์ํ์ด ๋ญ์์? ๋: __________________________ (in order to become a government official) ๋ณด๋ ์ํ์ด์์. 3) ๊ฐ: ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ํ ์ฑ์ ์ด ์ ์ค์ํด์? ๋: ์ฑ์คํ ์ฌ๋์ผ๋ก ____________________________ (in order to be acknowledged in a society) ๋ค๋ค ์ข์ ์ฑ์ ์ ๋ฐ์ผ๋ ค๊ณ ํ ์ง์. 4) ๊ฐ: ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ, ์๊ตญ, ์์ผ๋๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์ ๊ฐ๋๊น? ๋: _________________________________ (in order to teach English) ๊ฐ์.
5. Choose the appropriate verb from the box and complete the sentences 1 to 4. Modify the verb if necessary.
1) ์๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ ์๋ก ๊ต์ก ์ดํ์ ์ ์ ____________________๋๋ค. 2) ์ฌ์ฐ๋ ์๋ผ๋น์์์๋ ์ผ์ ์ํ์์ ์ด์ฌ๋ ์ข ๊ต์ ๊ฐ์น๋ฅผ ____________________์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ์์ด๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๊ตญ์ด๋ก ์ฐ๋ ์ ์์ด๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์ ์์ด ๊ต์ก ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ์ ____________________ ๊ธฐ ์ํด์ ํ๊ตญ์ผ๋ก ์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์ข์ ํ์ฌ์ ์ทจ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํด์ ์ข์ ์ฑ์ ์ ____________________ ์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. p.186
6. Underline one incorrect word in the sentences and write the correct form next to the sentence. 1) ์ฑ๊ณตํ๊ณ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ ๊ฐ์ง๋ ค๋ฉด ์ข์ ์ฑ์ ์ ๋ด์ด ํ์ต๋๋ค. 2) ๋์ ์ฐ๋ด์ ๋ฐ์ง ์๋๋ผ๋ ๊ต์ก์๋ ์กด๊ฒฝ๋ฐ๋ ์ง์ ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ฐ๋๊ตญ์ด๋ผ์ ๋ฌด์ญ์ ํตํด ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋๋ผ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ต๋ฅ๋ฅผ ์ฆ์ ์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์๊ณ ๋ณด๊ธฐ ์ํด์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์๋ ๋ถํฐ ๊ต์ก์ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ก ์๊ฐํด ์์ต ๋๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ๋ฌผ๋ก ๊ต์ก ์ดํ์ด ๋ฐ๋์ ์ข์ ๊ฒ๋ง์ ์๋๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
2. ๊ฐ ๋๋ผ๋ง๋ค ์ค์ํ๊ฒ ์๊ฐํ๋ ๊ฐ์น๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ํ๊ตญ์์ ๊ต์ก์๋ ์ง์ ์ ์์ง๋ ๋ง์ ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์๊ฒ ์กด๊ฒฝ๋ฐ๋ ์ง์ ์ ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: standardized language tests in Korea
p.187
Short writing practice 1: We learned in this chapter why Koreans regard education as the utmost importance in their culture because of historic reasons. Which value would you argue as the most highly regarded value in your culture? How would you argue about the way this value has formed in your society? Choose one value in your society and explain why this value is important and how people show the importance of it in your culture.
๋๋ผ: ___________________ ๊ฐ์น: ___________________ ์ ์ค์ํฉ๋๊น? _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ํ๋์์ ์ด๊ฒ์ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์ ์ ์์ต๋๊น? _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Short writing practice 2: In Korea, there is a standardized national test for a college entrance exam called ๋ํ ์ํ ๋ฅ๋ ฅ ์ํ (์๋ฅ ์ํ), CSAT, College Scholastic Ability Test. This exam takes place only once a year, all day from 8 am until 5 am, and as you can imagine, it is the most important exam for high school students who wish to advance to a college. On the YouTube website, find several videos by entering a search term โ์๋ฅ ์ํ ์ฅโ (a place for a college entrance exam) and watch the videos for one to three minutes. Some videos show news clips of the scenes of students entering the place for the exam at the beginning of the day. What did you see? Who are the people shown in the videos? Describe what you see in the
video and write about your experience of taking a college entrance exam or any major exams in your life. YouTube ๋น๋์ค ์ ๋ชฉ: __________________________________ ๋น๋์ค์์ ๋ณธ ๊ฒ: p.188
1. 2. 3. 4.
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์ ๋ํ ์ํ: 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
English translation Reading: importance of education American, English, Irish, and Australian young people who use English as their mother tongue came to Korea to participate in the program to teach English. It is due to the Koreaโs English education fervor. Because Korea is a peninsula, it has traded with other countries frequently since long ago. Therefore, the universal language of English has become more important as the time went by. Especially, there are many people who study foreign languages such as Chinese, English, or Japanese to get a good job in a good company. It is important to graduate from a better college in order to get a
position in a good company, but it has become also important to receive good grades from the foreign language tests. However, if you know it, the fact that Koreans regard education as an important value is not a sudden occurrence today. Beginning from the Silla Dynasty, there was the test called โGuageoโ especially since the time of the Goryeo Dynasty, people who wished to succeed and wanted to have a power in the government, must have had to take this government exam โGuageoโ and yield a good grade from it to succeed and gain power. Later in the Joseon era this government exam has expanded and became more diverse. This is a historical example showing how the test scores have been important to Koreans. Of course the education fervor is not always a good thing. Some people point out that the reason why Koreans now have a low birth rate is due to the burdensome private tuitions. In fact there are values that each country thinks important. For example, in Saudi Arabia, religion is an important value so they reflect the value of the Islamic World in their daily lives. In addition, countries like the US, regard equality as an important value thus relationships between the rich and the poor, or the men and the women, are all equal, so it is important to behave in this way in your social life. In Korea such representative value is education. If you receive a good education and you enter into a good college you easily acquire a job compared to those who did not do so, and also other people acknowledge this person as basically a diligent person. And even though educators are not paid highly, for many Koreans an educator is still a respectable vocation. The reason why education or grades have become such an important value of Korean society is closely related to the long history of Koreanโs โGuageoโ system. p.189
Like such, the value system in a society is a tool to understand the societyโs current condition.
p.190
Chapter 8 Etiquette in the workplace ์ง์ฅ์์์ ์์ ๋ฒ์
Pre-reading questions 1. Do you have workplace etiquette that you share between co-workers? What are they? 2. Do you use different manners when treating elders? Do you have a culture of respecting elders? 3. Tell us the nature of the relationship between a boss and a subordinate at a workplace in your culture. What actions are allowed and what are not allowed between the boss and the subordinate?
Figure 8.1 ํ๊ตญ ์ง์ฅ Source: ยฉ Unsplash/Pixabay.com.
Figure 8.2 ํ์ Source: ยฉ shalamov/depositphotos.com.
Reading ์ง์ฅ์์์ ์์ ๋ฒ์ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ฐ๋ ์ฌ๋์ด๋ผ๋ฉด ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฌ์ฉํ ๋ ์๋๋ฐฉ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ์ ์กด๋๋ง๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋ง์ ๊ณจ๋ผ์ ์ฌ์ฉํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ค์ํ๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ ์๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์์ฃผ ์งง์ ๋ง์ด๋ผ ํด๋ ๋ง์ ํ ๋๋ง๋ค ์กด๋๋ง๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋ง ์ค ์ด๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ฌ์ฉํ ์ง ๊ฒฐ์ ํ๊ณ ๋์ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํด์ผ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ด ์ ๋ฌธ์ฅ์ ๋งํ๋ ค๋ ์๊ฐ ์ด๋ฏธ ์กด๋๋ง์ด๋ ๋ฐ๋ง์ ์ ํํด ํ๋๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒ ๋์ด ์๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ์ธ์ด์ ์ธ ํน์ฑ์์๋ ๋ณผ ์ ์๋ฏ ์ด ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋์ฒด๋ก ์์ฌ๋๊ณผ ์๋ซ์ฌ๋์ด๋ผ๋ ์ฌํ ์ง์๊ฐ ์กด์ฌ ํฉ๋๋ค. p.191
ํํธ, ์ธ์ด ๋ง๊ณ ๋ ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ฌ๋๋ค ์ฌ์ด์ ์ง์ผ์ผ ํ ์ํฐ์ผ์ด ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ์์ต๋๋ค. ํนํ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ง์ฅ์์๋ ์์ฌ์ ๋ถํ ์ง์์ ๊ตฌ๋ถ์ด ๋๋ ทํฉ๋๋ค. ์์ฌ๋ค์ ๋ณดํต ๋์ด๋ ๋ง์ ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ ๋์์ ์ฌ
ํ์ ์ผ๋ก๋ ๋์ ์ง์์ ์์ผ๋ฏ๋ก ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋์ ์ผ์์ ์ธ ํ๋์์๋ถํฐ ์กด๊ฒฝ์ ์์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ์ํด์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๊ณ ๊ฐ ๋ฅผ ์์ฌ ์ธ์ฌํ๊ณ ์๋ฅ๋ฅผ ์ ๋ฌํ ๋ ์์ฌ์๊ฒ๋ ๋ฐ๋์ ๋ ์์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ค์ผ ํ๊ณ ๋ ์ปคํผ๋ ๊ฐ๋ ํ ๋๋ฆฌ๋ ๋ฑ ์์ฌ๋ถ๋ฆ๊น์ง ํด ๋๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ผ๋ฐ์ ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ์ง์ฅ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ์ ๋ชจ๋ฅด๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์์ฌ ๊ฐ ๋ถํ ์ง์์๊ฒ ๊ฐ์ธ์ ์ธ ์ผ์ ์ํค๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋ณด๊ณ ์ด์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ํน ์ ๋ถํ๋ฑํ๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํ ์ง ๋ชจ๋ฅด๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. ํ์ง๋ง ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ฌ ํ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋ฐ ๊ด์ต์ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ ๋์๊ฒ ๋ณด์ง๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์๋ํ๋ฉด ๊ทธ ๋์ ์์ฌ๋ค๋ ์ด์ฌํ ์ผํ ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ์น์งํ๋๋ก ์ด๋์ด ์ฃผ ๊ณ ์ ๋ฌด์ ์ค์๋ฅผ ํ ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ๋ณดํธํ๊ณ ๋ฐฐ๋ คํด ์ฃผ์ด์ผ ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์๋ฌด์ด๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ ์๋ก ์์์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋จน์์ ๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ์๋ ์์ฌ๋ค์ด ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ์์๊ฐ์ ๋ด๊ฑฐ๋ ํด์ผ์๋ ๋ถํ ์ง ์๋ค์ ์ ๋๋ก ์ด ์ ์๋๋ก ํด ์ฃผ์ด์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์์์ ์๋ณด๋ค ์์ฌ์ ๋ถํ ์ง์์ด ๊ฐ์ธ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋ ๊ฐ๊น์ด ๊ด๊ณ๋ผ๋ ๊ทผ๋ณธ ์ ์ธ ๋ฌธํ์ ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ์ง๋ง ๋ชจ๋ ์ฌํ ๊ท๋ฒ์ด ๊ทธ๋ ๋ฏ์ด ์์ ์ญ์ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฃผ๊ณ ๋ฐ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ ์ง์ฅ์์ ์ ์ฌ์ ๋ณดํต ๋๋ฃ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด์ ์ด์ธ๋ ค ์ด ์ผ๊ธฐ๋ ํ๊ณ ์ด ๋๋ฅผ ํตํด ๋๋ฃ๋ค๊ณผ ์นํ๊ฒ ์ง๋ ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ ๋ ์์ฌ๋ ์ง์ฅ ๋๋ฃ์ ๊ฐ์ด ํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๊ฐ ๊ฐ๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ์ ๋ ๋ชจ ์์ <ํ์>์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋๋ฐ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์์ฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ด ํ๋ฉด์ ๊ทธ ์ฌ๋์ ๋ ์ ์ ์ ์๊ณ ๊ทธ ์ฌ๋๊ณผ ๋ ์นํด์ง๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํด์ ํ์์ ํ๋ฉด์ ์์ด๋์ด๋ ๊ตํํ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ๊ฐ์ธ์ ์ธ ์๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋๋ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ ๋ฌธํ์ ์ผ๋ถ๋ถ์ด๋ฏ๋ก ํ์ ์๋ฆฌ์๋ ๋ณดํต ์ฐธ์ํ์ฌ ๊ฐ ์ด ์ด์ธ๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์์์ ๋๋ค. p.192
Vocabulary
p.193
p.194
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฌ์ฉํ ๋ ์๋๋ฐฉ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ์ ______________ ์/๊ณผ ๋ฐ ๋ง์ ๊ณจ๋ผ์ ์ฌ์ฉํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ค์ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋์ฒด๋ก ์์ฌ๋๊ณผ ์๋ซ์ฌ๋์ด๋ผ๋ ์ฌํ ___________ ์ด/๊ฐ ์กด์ฌํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ํ๊ตญ ์ฌํ์ ์ง์๋ ๋์ด์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ _____________ ์์น์ ๊ธฐ์ธ ํฉ๋๋ค. 4) ์์ฌ์๊ฒ ๋ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์์ฌ ์ธ์ฌํ๊ณ ์๋ฅ๋ ๋ ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 5) ์ง์ฅ ์์ฌ๋ค์ ์๋ฌด๋ ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ______________ ๋ฐฐ๋ คํด ์ฃผ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. 6) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์์ฌ์ ๋ถํ ์ง์์ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ์์์ ์๋ณด๋ค ๊ฐ๊น๋ค๋ ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์ธ ๋ฌธํ์ ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. 7) ํ๊ตญ ํ์ฌ์์ ______________ ์/๋ ๋ณดํต ์ง์ฅ ๋๋ฃ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ๋จน๋๋ฐ ์ด ๋๋ฅผ ํตํด ๋๋ฃ๋ค๊ณผ ์นํด์ง๋๋ค. 8) ์ง์ฅ ๋๋ฃ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋จน๋ ์ ๋ ๊ณผ ๋ชจ์์ _____________ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํ ๋๋ฐ ์ด ๋๋ ์ฌํ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค์ํ ๋์ ๋๋ค. ์ฌ๊ธฐ์ ์ฐธ์ํ์ฌ ๊ฐ ์ด _______________ ๊ฒ์ด ์์์ ๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ด์์๋ ์กด๋๋ง๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋ง๋ถํฐ ๊ณจ๋ผ์ผ ์๋๋ฐฉ๊ณผ ๋ง์ ํ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋์ฒด๋ก ์์ฌ๋๊ณผ ์๋ซ์ฌ๋์ด๋ผ๋ ์ฌํ ์ง์๊ฐ ์กด์ฌ ํฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ง์ฅ์์ ์์ฌ์ ๋ถํ ์ง์์ด ๋ชจ๋ ๋๊ฐ์ด ์ผํฉ๋๋ค. ( T /F) 4) ๋ถํ ์ง์์ด ํ์ ์๋ฆฌ์ ์ ๊ฐ๋ ๋ณ๋ก ๋ฌธ์ ๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ( T / F )
5) ํ์์ ํ๊ตญ์์ ์์ด์ ธ์ผ ํ ๋์ ๊ด์ต์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean? 1) to exchange
: ______________
2) etiquette, manners
: ______________
3) to socialize with
: ______________
4) the West
: ______________
5) to be promoted
: ______________
6) custom
: ______________
p.195
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. 1) ์กด๋๋ง
ยท
ยทa) ์์ฌ
2) ์์๊ฐ
ยท
ยทb) ํ๋ค
3) ์ปคํผ
ยท
ยทc) ์ฐธ์ํ๋ค
4) ํ์
ยท
ยทd) ์ด์ธ๋ฆฌ๋ค
5) ๋๋ฃ
ยท
ยทe) ๋ฐ๋ง
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฌํ ์ง์๋ ๋ณดํต ์ด๋ป์ต๋๊น? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ 2) ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์ผ๋ก ์์ ์ ๋ฌด์์ด ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ๋๊น? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ 3) ํ์์ ๋ฌด์์ ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๊น? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค]: whenever~, every time one does~ [~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค] is used to express โwhenever (something) happens.โ This is a combination of two grammar patterns: the first part [verb/adjective + ~์ ๋/~ใน ๋] is โwhen the time of verb/adjective occursโ and this is combined with the particle [~๋ง๋ค] which indicates the action or condition is repeating. Use [~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค] after a vowel-ending verb/adjective and use [~์ ๋๋ง๋ค] after a consonant-ending verb/adjective.
p.196
2. [~ใน ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ]: in addition to~ [~ใน ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ] is used when you add information on top of the original information that you stated. If the information in the first clause is positive, the following information accompanying with [~ใน ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ] is also positive. If the information in the first clause is negative, the following information accompanying with [~ใน ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ] is also negative.
3. [~๊ฑฐ๋] = option, choice [~๊ฑฐ๋] is combined with a verb or an adjective to give an option. This form is commonly used to connect two or more verbs or adjectives.
Grammar practice 1. Complete the following sentences using [~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค] as shown in the example.
p.197
๋ง์ ํ๋ค + ~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค + ์กฐ์ฌํด์ผ ํ๋ค. โ ๋ง์ ํ ๋๋ง๋ค ์กฐ์ฌํด์ผ ํ๋ค.
1) ์ ์ ์๋ค + ~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค + ๊ฟ์ ๊พผ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 2) ์๋ง๋ฅผ ์๊ฐํ๋ค + ~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค + ๋ง์์ด ๋ฐ๋ปํ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 3) ์ด์ฌํ ์ผํ๋ค + ~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค + ์์ฌ๋ค์ด ์นญ์ฐฌํ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 4) ํ์ ์๊ฐ์ด๋ค + ~์ ๋๋ง๋ค/~ใน ๋๋ง๋ค + ์ผ๊ฒน์ด์ ๋จน๋๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 2. Write the following phrases in Korean. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
In addition to being cheap : _____________________ In addition to being big : _____________________ In addition to being old (age) : _____________________ In addition to protect : _____________________ In addition to socialize with : _____________________
3. Give an option using [~๊ฑฐ๋]. 1) ๊ฐ: ๋ณดํต ์ด๋๋ก ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ธ์? ๋: __________________________ (either you go to the chicken house or) ๊ณ ๊ธฐ์ง์ ๊ฐ์. 2) ๊ฐ: ๋ถํ ์ง์์๊ฒ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํฉ๋๊น? ๋: __________________________ (either you lead them to get a promotion or)
์ค์๋ฅผ ํด๋ ๋ฐฐ๋ คํด ์ฃผ์ด์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ๊ฐ: ๋๊ตฌ์๊ฒ ์กด๋๋ง์ ์๋๊น? ๋: ๋ณดํต ____________________________ (either to (being) an older person or) ์ฌํ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋์ ์์น์ ์๋ ์ฌ๋์๊ฒ ์กด๋๋ง์ ์๋๋ค. 4) ๊ฐ: ์์ฌ์๊ฒ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํด ๋๋ฆฝ๋๊น? p.198
๋: _________________________________ (either you mix instant coffee packages or) ์์ฌ๋ถ๋ฆ๋ ํด ๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 4. Choose the appropriate verb from the box and complete the sentences. Modify the verb if necessary. ์ฃผ๊ณ ๋ฐ๋ค
์ด๋์ด์ฃผ๋ค
๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ด๋ค
์ฐธ์ํ๋ค
1) ์์ฌ๋ค์ ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ด ์น์งํ๋๋ก ____________________ ์ด/์์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ํ์ ์๋ฆฌ์๋ ๋ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉด __________________ ๊ฐ์ด ์ด์ธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ข์ต ๋๋ค. 3) ์ฌํ ๊ท๋ฒ์ผ๋ก์ ์์ ์ญ์ ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์ผ๋ก๋ ____________________๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ๋๋ค. 4) ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ________________ ์ ์ธ์ฌํ๊ณ ์๋ฅ๋ ๋ ์์ผ ๋ก ๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 5. Underline one incorrect word in the sentences and write it correctly next to the sentence. 1) ์์ด๋์ด๋ ๊ตํํ๊ณ ์ฌ๋ฌ๊ฐ์ง ๊ฐ์ธ์ ์ธ ์๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋๋๋ ๋ค.
2) ์กด๋๋ง์ ์ ์กด์ฌํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์๋นํ ์ค์ํ๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ ์๊ณ ์ ์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์์ฌ๋ค์ ๋์ด๋ ๋ง์ ๋ฟ์ผ๋ก ์ฌํ์ ์ผ๋ก๋ ๋์ ์ง์์ ์์ต ๋๋ค. 4) ์ปคํผ๋ ์ธ ๋๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์์ฌ๋ถ๋ฆ๋ ํด ๋๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฌํ์ ์ธ ๊ด ์ต์ ๋๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ์ ์ฌ์ ๋ณดํต ๋๋ฃ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด์ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ ํ๊ณ ์นํด์ง๋๋ค. : _________________________________ 2. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋์ฒด๋ก ์์ฌ๋๊ณผ ์๋ซ์ฌ๋์ด๋ผ๋ ์ฌํ ์ง์๊ฐ ์กด์ฌ ํฉ๋๋ค. : _________________________________ 3. ํด์ผ์๋ ๋ถํ ์ง์๋ค์ ์ ๋๋ก ์ด ์ ์๋๋ก ํด ์ฃผ์ด์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค. : _________________________________ p.199
Additional useful expressions: titles in a Korean company
Short writing practice 1: From the YouTube website, search for a video clip by typing โ๋น์ ์ํ๋ด 06 ๊ฐ๊ตญ์ ํ์๋ฌธํโ and watch this video for about three minutes. In this video, the representatives from each country discuss the ํ์ culture of their countries. Write what you gather about the ํ์ culture of the countries from this video. 1. ์ผ๋ณธ: _________________________________ 2. ์ค๊ตญ: _________________________________ 3. ์บ๋๋ค: _________________________________ 4. ๋ฒจ๊ธฐ์: _________________________________ 5. ํ๊ตญ: _________________________________
6. ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์: _________________________________ Short writing practice 2: The basics of social order and many customs that Korean society follows are often set according to the age and the social status of people. Do you have such a general social order in your culture? What are they and how do people behave accordingly? Write about your societyโs norms and examples. Present your work in front of others and answer the questions. p.200
๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์ธ ์ฌํ ์ง์: 1. ________________________________ 2. ________________________________ 3. ________________________________ ์ฌํ์์ ์ง์ผ์ผ ํ ์ํฐ์ผ: 4. 5. 6. 7.
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ p.201
Short writing practice 3: What are the most important manners to maintain in your country that everyone abides by? Introduce one and explain why keeping these manners are important. Write six sentences about this topic. ์ง์ผ์ผ ํ ์์ 1. ________________________________ 2. ________________________________ ์ ์ค์ํ์ง?
3. 4. 5. 6.
________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________
English translation p.202
Reading: etiquette at the workplace Anyone who learns Korean knows that it is important to choose polite speech style or plain speech style when you use Korean depending on the person you are talking to. Even if it is very a short expression, you have to decide which speech style to use between the honorific or the plain style. Each and every moment you want to speak a Korean sentence you are made to choose from the honorific speech or the plain speech. As you could see in this linguistic trait there is a general social order in Korea between the uppers and the lowers (older or more powerful persons and younger or less powerful persons). Meanwhile, in addition to language, there are various etiquettes suggested to keep among people in Korea. Especially, there is a clear distinction between the superiors and the subordinates at a Korean workplace. Subordinates should definitely show their respects in the day-to-day actions because the superiors are generally older age in addition to being in a higher position in the society. For example, subordinates always have to lower their heads when greeting their superiors, when handing in documents they should use two hands, and it is common to do small errands for the superiors including occasional coffee making and serving. People who do not know Korean workplace culture very well may consider doing these personal favors strange or even unfair to the subordinates. However, people do not regard this social custom a bad one in Korea. It is because it is the superiorsรข&#x20AC;&#x2122; duty that they must protect and lead the subordinates who work hard to get a promotion and take care of the subordinates when they make mistakes on the job. For example, when the employees go out for a meal, the superiors must pay for the meal for the subordinates, or the superiors must pay attention to
take care of the subordinates to properly rest on the holidays. There is a fundamental cultural difference in Korea that the personal relationship between the superiors and the subordinates are closer than in the West. However, like all other social norms, courtesy is fundamentally based on the give-and-take relationship. The lunch time in a Korean workplace is the time when colleagues become close through talking. There are occasions to eat dinners with their colleagues as well. These dinner gatherings are called รข&#x20AC;&#x153;hoesikรข&#x20AC;? and Koreans think that people are brought together by eating meals together and have more opportunity to share ideas and personal thoughts with one another. This is a part of a Korean culture so it is recommended and is a courtesy that you go to hoesik and socialize with your colleagues.
p.203
Chapter 9 Two kinds of compliments ๋ ์ข ๋ฅ์ ์นญ์ฐฌ
Pre-reading questions 1. What are the kinds of compliments that you would want to receive? 2. Have you seen cartoon characters on road signs or billboards? Where did you see them? 3. When do you compliment other people? What are the words and expressions that you use to compliment others?
Figure 9.1 ํ๊ตญ ๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ Source: ยฉ Jaelim Roh.
Reading
๋ ์ข ๋ฅ์ ์นญ์ฐฌ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ์นญ์ฐฌ์ ํ ๋ โ๊ท์ฝ๋คโ ํน์ โ์ ๊ต ๋ง๋คโ๋ผ๋ ๋ง์ ์ข ์ข ํฉ๋๋ค. โ์ ๊ต ๋ง๋คโ๋ ๋ง์ ์ด๋ค ์ฌ๋์ด ์์ด์ฒ๋ผ ๋ชฉ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋ด๋ฉด์ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋ชธ์ง์ ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋งํฉ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํ์ง๋ ์ฃผ ์ ์๋ด ํ์ง์์๋ ๊ธ์จ์ ํจ๊ป ๋งํ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ๋ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ์ด๋ชจ์ง (emoji) ๋ฑ์ ๋ง์ด ๋ณผ ์ ์๋๋ฐ, ์ ์๊ฐํด ๋ณด๋ฉด ์ด ๋ชจ๋๊ฐ โ๊ท์ฝ ๋คโ๋ ๋ฒ์ฃผ์ ๋ค์ด ๊ฐ๋ ํํ๋ค์ ๋๋ค. ๊ท์ฌ์์ ํตํด ๋ ์ ์ํต ํ๋ ค๋ ์๋์ ๋๋ค. ์ด์ ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ, ์์ ๋ฌธํ๊ถ์์ โ๊ท์ฝ๋คโ(cute) ๋ ํํ์ โ์ด๋ฆฌ๋ค,โ โ์์ํ๋ค,โ โ์์๋คโ๋ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋์ ์ ๋ฌธ์ง ์ด๋ฅธ์๊ฒ โ๊ท์ฝ๋คโ๋ ๋ง์ ์ฐ๋ฉด ์นญ์ฐฌ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ ค์ด ๋ฉด์ด ์๊ณ , ์คํ๋ ค ์ด๋ค ์ฌ๋์ ์ด ๋ง์ ๊ธฐ๋ถ ๋์๊ฒ ๋ฐ์๋ค ์ผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋์ ์ฑ์ธ๋ค์ด ๋ฃ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํ๋ ๋ง๋ก๋ โ๋ฅ๋ ฅ์ ๋คโ ํน์ โ๋ฏฟ์ ์ ์๋คโ๋ ๋ง์ผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ๋ฐฐ๊ฒฝ์ ๊ฐ์ง ์์์ธ ๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฐ๋ฉด ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ๊ด๊ฒฝ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๊ณณ๊ณณ์์ ์ ํ ์ ์์ต๋ ๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋งํ๋ก ์ ์๋ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํ์งํ, ๊ท์ฌ์ด ์์ ์ ๊ฐํ, ์ฌ์ง์ด ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋งํ ๋ง์ค์ฝํธ๊ฐ ๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ์ ์์ง์ผ๋ก๊น์ง ๋ฑ์ฅํ๋ ๊ฑธ ํํ๊ฒ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ํ์ง๋ง ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ์ฌํ์์ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋งํ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ์ ์์ง์ผ๋ก ์ผ๋ ๊ฑด ์ฝ๊ฒ ์์ํ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค ์ฌ์ด์ ๊ด๊ณ์์ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ โ์ ๊ต๊ฐ ๋ง๋คโ๋ ๋ง์ ๋ณดํต ์นญ์ฐฌ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋ณผ ์ ์๋๋ฐ, ์ด๋ฐ ๊ฒ์ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋ ์ธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์์ํ๊ฒ ์ ๊ฐํ ์๋ ์์ต๋๋ค. p.204
ํ๊ตญ์์ ๊ท์ฝ๊ณ ์ ๊ต ๋ง์ ์ฌ๋์ด ํ์์ ๋ฐ๊ณ , ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋งํ ์บ ๋ฆญํฐ๊ฐ ์๋ดํ๋ ๋๋ก ํ์ง๊ฐ ๊ณต๊ณต ์ฅ์์ ์กด์ฌํ๋ ์ด์ ๋ ํ๊ตญ ์ธ๋ค์ด ์นญ์ฐฌ์ด๋ ํํ์ ์ง์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ํ๋ ๊ฒ๋ณด๋ค ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋ ์ ํธํ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋ณดํต ์ธ๊ฐ ๊ด๊ณ๋ ๋ง ํ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ธ ์ ๊ทผ์ ํ๊ฑฐ๋๋ ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ธ ํ๋ฒ์ ์ฐ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๋ ์ผ๋ฐ์ ์ ๋๋ค. ํ๊ตญ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ถ์์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ทผํ๋ ๊ฒ๋ณด ๋ค ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋งํ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ๋ฅผ ๋ด์ธ์ ์ข ๋ ์น๊ทผํ ๋ฐฉ์์ผ๋ก ๋ฐ์๋ค์ฌ
์ง๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ํฉ๋๋ค. ํนํ 1995๋ ๋ถํฐ ๋ณธ๊ฒฉ์ ์ผ๋ก ์์๋ ์ง๋ฐฉ ์์น ์ ์ ์ค์๋ก ๊ฐ ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ๊ด์ฒญ๋ง๋ค ๊ด๋ฆฌ๋ค์ด ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๋ ๊ฐ๊น๊ฒ ๋ค๊ฐ๊ฐ๋ ค๋ ๋ ธ๋ ฅ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. ์ด์ ๋ ๊ตญ๋ฏผ๋ค์ด ๊ด์ฒญ์ ๊ด ๋ฆฌ๋ค์ ์ง์ ์ ์ถํ๊ฒ ๋์๊ณ ์ด์ ๊ด๋ฆฌ๋ค์ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๋ค๊ฐ๊ฐ๊ธฐ ์ฌ์ด, ๊ท์ฝ๊ณ ์น๊ทผํ ์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ด์ธ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ป์ผ๋ ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. ๋ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋จ๋ ๊ด๊ณ์์ ๋ณดํต ์ ๊ต ๋ง์ ์ฌ์๊ฐ ๋จ์๋ค์ ๊ฒ ๋ ์ธ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๊ทธ ์ฌ๋์๊ฒ ๊ด์ฌ์ด ์๊ณ ๊ทธ ์ฌ๋ํ๊ณ ๋ ๊ฐ๊น๊ฒ ์ง๋ด๊ณ ์ถ๋ค๋ ํํ์ ๋๋ค. ์ ์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด โ์๋ฆ๋ต๋คโ (beautiful) ๋ ๋ง์ ๊ฐ์ฅ ๋ฉ์ง ์นญ์ฐฌ์ผ๋ก ์ผ ๋ ๊ฒ๊ณผ๋ ํ์คํ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ์น์ ๋๋ค. p.205
Vocabulary
p.206
p.207
Reading comprehension questions 1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words.
1) ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํ์ง๋ ์ฃผ์ ์๋ด ํ์ง์์ ๊ธ์จ์ ํจ๊ป ______________ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ๋ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ์ด๋ชจ์ง๋ฅผ ๋ง์ด ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋ ๋ค. 2) ______________ ๋ ์์ด์ฒ๋ผ ๋ชฉ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋ด๋ฉด์ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋ชธ์ง์ ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋งํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ์ ๋ฌธ์ง์์ ์ผํ๋ ์ด๋ฅธ๋ค์ด ๋ฃ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํ๋ ๋ง๋ก๋ โ______________โ ์ด/๊ฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. 4) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋จ์๋ ์ฌ์๋ ๋ชจ๋ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ๋ง๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ์นญ์ฐฌ์ผ๋ก ์๋๋ค. 5) ํ๊ตญ์ธ์ ์นญ์ฐฌ์ด๋ ํํ์ ______________ ์ผ๋ก ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ ํธํฉ๋๋ค. 6) ํ๊ตญ ์ ๋ถ๋ ______________ ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ทผํ๋ ๊ฒ๋ณด๋ค ๊ท์ฝ๊ณ ์น ๊ทผํ ๋ฐฉ์์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ทผํ๋ ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 7) ์ด์ ๋ ๊ตญ๋ฏผ๋ค์ด ๊ด์ฒญ์ ______________ ์/๋ฅผ ์ ๊ฑฐํ๊ฒ ๋์ ๊ณ ๊ด๋ฆฌ๋ค์ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๋ค๊ฐ๊ฐ๊ธฐ ์ฌ์ด ์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ค๋ ค๊ณ ํฉ๋ ๋ค. 8) ๋จ๋ ๊ด๊ณ์์ ๋ณดํต ์ ๊ต ๋ง์ ์ฌ์๊ฐ ๋จ์๋ค์๊ฒ ๋ ______________ ์ด/๊ฐ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. 2. Circle the following statements either true (T) or false (F) based on the reading. 1) ํ๊ตญ์์ ์ ๊ต๋ผ๋ ๋ง์ ์ด๋ฆฐ ์์ด์ ์ ์ ์ฌ์๋ค์๊ฒ๋ง ์๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 2) ์์์ธ๋ค์ด ํ๊ตญ์ ์ค๋ฉด ๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ์ ๋งํ ๋ง์ค์ฝํธ๋ฅผ ๋ณด๊ณ ๋๋๋ ๋ค. ( T / F ) 3) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋๋ก ํ์ง์๋ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋ง์ค์ฝํธ๋ฅผ ์๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 4) ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ถ์์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ทผํ๋ ๊ฒ ์ฌ์ค์ ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 5) ์์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ์๋ฆ๋ต๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค. ( T / F ) 3. What are the following words in Korean?
1) to act cute
: ______________
2) to be reliable
: ______________
3) welcome
: ______________
4) cuteness
: ______________
5) background
: ______________
6) public place
: ______________
4. Connect the words that are semantically related. p.208 1) ์ ๊ตยท
ยทa) ๊ท์ฝ๋ค
2) ์๋ฆ๋ต๋คยท
ยทb) ์์ ์ฌ์
3) ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌยท
ยทc) ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค
4) ์นญ์ฐฌยท
ยทd) ์๋ฏผ
5) ์ ๋ถยท
ยทe) ํ์งํ
5. Answer the following questions in a short sentence. 1) ์์์์ ์ ๋ฌธ์ง ์ด๋ฅธ์๊ฒ ๊ท์ฝ๋ค๊ณ ํ๋ฉด ์ด๋ค ๋ฐ์์ ๋ณด์ ๋ ๊น? ________________________________________ 2) ํ๊ตญ์์ ๋ณดํต ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํํํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ผ๋ฐ์ ์ ๋๊น? ________________________________________ 3) ์ง๋ฐฉ ์์น์ ์ ์ค์๋ก ๊ด๋ฆฌ๋ค์ ์ด๋ค ๋ ธ๋ ฅ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋ ๊น? ________________________________________
Grammar 1. [~์/~๋ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์๋ค]: it has a meaning that~ [~์/๋ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์๋ค] is used for stating definitions or providing explanations of the subjects of the sentence.
2. [~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค]: has an aspect/side (that)~ [~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค] is used when you explain features of a person or a concept that has multiple aspects. Usually the preceding word is an adjective that explains the trait or the feature of the subject that is being explained.
p.209
3. Transitional phrases: ๊ทธ๋์, ๊ทธ๋์ , ์ด๋ ๊ฒ, ์ด์ ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ, ๋ In writing a paragraph, transitional phrases should be properly used to provide continuity in a narrative and for creating a natural flow. For example, in the main reading text in this chapter transitional phrases such as ๊ทธ๋์, ๊ทธ๋์ , ์ด๋ ๊ฒ, ์ด์ ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ, and ๋ are used to gain the continuity of the argument and for the overall flow of the writing. Letโs review some useful transitional phrases for a strong, more organized, and convincing writing style.
p.210
Grammar practice 1. Complete the following sentences using [~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค] as shown in the example. Modify the verbs if necessary. ๋ฐ๋๋๋ค + ~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค + ์กฐ์ฌํด์ผ ํ๋ค. โ ๋ฐ๋๋๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์์ด์ ์กฐ์ฌํด์ผ ํ๋ค.
1) ์ด์ํ๋ค + ~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค + ์๊ฐํ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ์์๊ณผ ๋ค๋ฅด๋ค + ~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค + ์ ์ ํ๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 3) ๊ฐ๋ ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค + ~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค + ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ๊น ์์ก๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 4) ์ ํฌ๊ฐ ๋งค๋ ฅ์ ์ด๋ค + ~ใด/~์/~๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค + ๋จ์๋ค์๊ฒ ์ธ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋๋ค. โ _____________________________________ 2. Translate the given phrases into English. 1) ๊น์ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค : _____________________ 2) ์ข์ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค : _____________________ 3) ๋ฐ์๋ค์ผ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค : _____________________ 4) ์นญ์ฐฌ์ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค : _____________________ 5) ์ ํธํ๋ค๋ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์์ต๋๋ค : _____________________ 3. Complete the sentences with a transitional phrase chosen from the box.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ
๊ทธ๋์
๋ฐ๋๋ก
๋ํ
1) ๋จ์๋ค์ โ๋ฅ๋ ฅ์๋คโ๊ณ ํ๋ฉด ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค. _______________ ์นญ ์ฐฌํ ๋ ๊ทธ๋ฐ ๋ง์ ์์ฃผ ์๋๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ๊ท์ฝ๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค. ______________ ์ ์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ์๋ฆ๋ต๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๋งํ๋ก ์ ์๋ ํ์งํ์ด ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. _______________ ๋งํ๋ก ๋ง์ค์ฝํธ๋ ๋ง์ด ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. p.211
4) ์ฌ๋๋ค ์ฌ์ด์ ๊ด๊ณ์์ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ํํ์ ๋ง์ด ํฉ๋๋ค. ___________ ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ค์ ๋งํ๋ ํ๋ฒ์ด ๋ ์ผ๋ฐ ์ ์ ๋๋ค. 5) ํ๊ตญ์์๋ โ์ ๊ต ๋ง๋คโ๋ผ๊ณ ํ๋ฉด ์นญ์ฐฌ์ ๋๋ค. _______________ ์์์์๋ ์ด๋ฐ ๋ง์ ์ ์๋๋ค. 4. Complete the dialogue with the given cues. 1) ๊ฐ: ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์นญ์ฐฌ์ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํฉ๋๊น? ๋: __________________________ (because they have an aspect of being indirect) ์ง์ ์ ์ผ๋ก๋ ๋ง์ด ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ๊ฐ: ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ข์ต๋๊น? ๋: __________________________ (yes, because Koreans love having an aspect of being cute) ๋จ์๋ ์ฌ์ ๋ชจ๋ ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ฉด ์ข์ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ๊ฐ: ๋๊ฐ ๊ท์ฝ๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ์ข์ํฉ๋๊น? ๋: ๋ณดํต ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ๊ทธ๋ฐ ๋ง์ ์ข์ํด์. ๋ค: ___________ (also, again) ๋จ์๋ค๋ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ๊ทธ๋ฐ ๋ง์ ๋ค ์ผ๋ฉด ์ซ์ง ์์ต๋๋ค.
๋ผ: ________________ (on the other hand) ์์ ๋จ์๋ค์ ์ ์๊ฒผ ๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ๋ ์ข์ํ์ง์. 5. Choose the appropriate verb from the box and complete the sentences. Modify the verb if necessary. ๊ธฐ๋ถ ๋์๊ฒ
ํ์์ ๋ฐ๋ค ๋ ธ๋ ฅ์ ํ๋ค ์ผ๋๋ค
์นญ์ฐฌ์ผ๋ก
1) ํ๊ตญ ๊ด์ฒญ์์ ์น๊ทผํ ๋ฐฉ์์ผ๋ก ๋ค๊ฐ๊ฐ ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ____________________ ์ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ์ด๋ค ์ด๋ฅธ ๋จ์๋ค์ ๊ท์ฝ๋ค๋ ๋ง์ __________________ ๋ฐ์๋ค ์ผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ง๋ฐฉ ์์น์ ์ ์ค์๋ก ์ธํด ๊ด์ฒญ๋ง๋ค ๊ด๋ฆฌ๋ค์ด ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ฐ ๊น๊ฒ ๋ณด์ด๋ ค๊ณ ____________________๋ ๊ฒ ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ์๋ฆ๋ต๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ์ต๊ณ ์ ________________ ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 6. Underline one incorrect word in the sentences and write it correctly next to the sentence. 1) ์ ์๊ฐํด ๋ณด๋ฉด ๋ชจ๋๊ฐ โ๊ท์ฝ๋คโ๋ ๋ฒ์ฃผ์ ๋ค์ด ๋๊ฐ๋ ํํ๋ค ์ ๋๋ค. 2) ๊ท์ฝ๋ค๋ ๋ง์ ์ฃผ๋ก ์ด๋ฆฐ ์์ด์ด๋ ์ ์ ์ฌ์๋ค์๊ฒ ์ฐ๋ ํํ ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ์์์ธ๋ค์ธ ํ๊ตญ์ ์ค๋ฉด ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ ๊ด๊ฒฝ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๊ณณ๊ณณ์์ ์ ํ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. p.212
4) ๋งํ ์บ๋ฆญํฐ๊ฐ ์๋ดํ๋ ๋๋ก ํ์ง๋ฅผ ๊ณต๊ณต ์ฅ์์ ์กด์ฌํ๊ณ ์ ์ต๋๋ค.
Translation practice Translate the following sentences into English. 1. ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ฌ์ง์ด ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋งํ ๋ง์ค์ฝํธ๊ฐ ๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ์ ์์ง์ผ๋ก ๋ฑ ์ฅํฉ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 2. ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๊ทธ ์ฌ๋์๊ฒ ๊ด์ฌ์ด ์๋ค๋ ํํ์ ๋๋ค. : ____________________________________ 3. ํ๊ตญ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํ์ง์์ ๊ท์ฌ์ด ์ด๋ชจ์ง๋ฅผ ๋ณผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. : ____________________________________
Additional useful expressions: expressions of compliment
Short writing practice 1: On the YouTube website, search for a video clip by typing โํ์ง์ ์ ๊ต๋๋ฐฉ์ถโ and watch this three minute video. In this video, the two guests are talking about how to attract the opposite gender. The woman guest also demonstrates actual acts of ์ ๊ต. Write what you saw in the video in five sentences. 1. ________________________________ 2. ________________________________ 3. ________________________________ p.213
4. ________________________________ 5. ________________________________ Short writing practice 2: There are expressions of compliments differing from culture to culture. What are the common compliments in your culture? Write the most used compliments for women and for men in your culture in Korean and explain the circumstances when to use them. ์ฌ์ํํ ํ๋ ์นญ์ฐฌ: p.214
๋จ์ํํ ํ๋ ์นญ์ฐฌ:
Short writing practice 3: Public signs in Korea sometimes use cartoon characters and cute graphics to inform the Korean public. How do public signs look in your culture? Do they have only letters or do they have graphics with letters? Explain three common designs of the public signs in your culture with some examples. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________
English translation Reading: two kinds of compliments Koreans often say โcuteโ or โacting cuteโ when they compliment someone. The expression โyou have a lot of aegyoโ refers to someone who acts cute with a childโs voice and makes cute gestures. You can see a lot of cartoon characters or cute emoji expressions used together with the letters on the street signs, or public signs of caution in Korea which, if you think about them, these expressions also fall into the category of โcute.โ The intention is to communicate through โcuteness.โ Unlike this, in the sphere of Western culture, the expression โcuteโ has meanings of โyoung,โ โinnocent,โ or โpretty.โ Thus if you use this word to a professional adult, it is difficult to be perceived as a compliment; moreover, some may even receive it offensively. Instead, the expressions that adult professionals like to hear would be โableโ or โreliable.โ With this background, when Westerners go to Korea they can encounter interesting scenes here and there on the streets. In Korea it is common to see the cartoon-drawn street signs, cute store signs, and even the cute cartoon mascot of police appear everywhere. However, one cannot easily imagine a cute cartoon character being a symbol of an American police force. Also, in human relations, you can see that people use the expression โyou have a lot of aegyoโ to compliment others, so foreigners may feel strange about it.
p.215
The reason why people who are cute and โhaving aegyoโ are welcome and cute cartoon characters are guiding the road on the signs is because Koreans prefer giving compliments or expressing themselves indirectly rather than directly. In Korea, usually the indirect way of speech is more common than the direct way of speech in human relations or verbal expressions. The Korean government also wanted to approach its citizens with cute cartoon charters to create familiarity rather than being authoritative. Particularly, with the start of the local self-governing system since 1995, officials in each local civil office started putting an effort of being closer to their citizens. Now the citizens elect the government officials directly, so the officials are trying to gain popularity by putting forward the images of being cute and being familiar to the public. Also in the relationship between men and women, women who act with a lot of aegyo usually are more popular among Korean men. In fact, a woman who shows a lot of aegyo express the intention that she wants to be closer to the person she is showing it to. This is definitely a different value from Western women who regard the expression โyou are beautifulโ as the most desirable compliment.
p.216
Answer keys
Section 1, Chapter 1 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ๊ณ ๊ฐ 2) ์ ์ 3) ์กด๊ฒฝํ๋ 4) ๊ธฐ๋ณธ 2. c 3. 1) greetings 2) to be glad 3) workplace 4) to respect become friendly 4. 1)-b) 2)-d) 3)-c) 4)-a)
5) to
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ์ธ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค 2) ์ ์๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค 3) ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค ๋๋ค 5) ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค 6) ๋์ญ๋๋ค 7) ์นํด์ง๋๋ค 2. 1) ์นํด์ง๋ค
4) ์ค์ํฉ
2) ์ฃผ๋ฌด์๋ค 3) ์กด๊ฒฝํ๋ค
3. 1) ๋ 2) ๋ 3) ์ด๋
4) ์ด๋
4. 1) ์ฃผ๋ฌด์๋ฉด์ 2) ์ ์๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด์ ์ 5) ์กด๊ฒฝํ๋ฉด์ 6) ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด์
3) ์นํด์ง๋ฉด์
Translation practice 1. Koreans mostly lower their heads and bow to greet.
4) ๋ณด์ด๋ฉด
2. Attitudes of greeting are important for Koreans. 3. At a Korean workplace, people greet with both bowing and shaking hands. p.217
Section 1, Chapter 2 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ 2) pick three of the following: ๋ญ๊ผฌ์น, ๋ก๋ณถ์ด, ์๋, ํธ ๋ก, ๋ง๋ ๋์ฅ 3) pick three of the following: ๊ณ๋๋นต, ํ๊ธด ๊ฐ์, ํซ ๋๊ทธ, ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ 4) ์ด๋ฌต 2. 1) foreigner 2) summer 3) main dish 4) different 5) various 6) etc. 3. 1) ํธ๋ก, ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ 2) ๋ญ๊ผฌ์น, ๋ก๋ณถ์ด 3) ๊ณ๋๋นต, ๋ง๋, ์๋, ํ๊ธด ๊ฐ์, ํซ๋๊ทธ, ์ด๋ฌต 4) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ, ํฅ๋น์ 4. 1)-b) 2)-c) 3)-d) 4)-a) 5. 1) F 2) T 3) T 4) T 5) F
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๋ง์ดํด์ ๋ง๋๋ฉด ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ ํ ๊ฒ์. 2) ์์์ ๋ง๋ณผ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉด ์ข๋ค. 3) ์์์ ๋ง๋ค๋ฉด ์ข๋ค. 4) ๋ฐ์๋ฉด ์ค์ง ๋ง. 2. 1) ์ฌ ์ ์๋ค 2) ๋ง๋ค ์ ์๋ค 3) ๋จน์ ์ ์๋ค ๋ค 5) ์์ ์ ์๋ค 3. 1) ๋จน์ด ๋ณด๋ค 2) ๋์ ๋ณด๋ค 3) ๋ง์ ๋ณด๋ค ์ด ๋ณด๋ค
4) ๋ง๋ณผ ์ ์
4) ์ข์ํด ๋ณด๋ค
5) ์
4. 1) ํ ์๊ฐ๋ง๋ค 2) 10์ผ๋ง๋ค 3) ๊ฒจ์ธ๋ง๋ค 4) 3์ธ์น๋ง๋ค ์๋ง๋ค 6) ์ง๋ง๋ค 7) ์ฌ์ญ ํฌ๋ก๋ง๋ค
5) ๋
Translation practice 1. In Korea every famous street overflows with the street food. 2. People usually eat street food as snacks and not as main dishes. 3. There are different food which appear every season.
Section 1, Chapter 3 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ 2) ๋ฌ๋ 3) ์น๊ตฌ 4) ๊น์ง 5) ์ฝ๊ฒ 6) ์ฐจ์ด 2. 1) T 2) T 3) F 4) T p.218
3. 1) ๋ป 2) ์ฌ์ด 3) ๊ฐ์ 4) ์ฝ๊ฒ 4. 1) familiar with 2) for a long time closely
5) ์ฌ๊ท๋ค 3) like such
4) to grow up
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๋ฐฐ์ ๋ค
2) ๋ณด์๋ค 3) ์์๋ค 4) ๊ฐ ๊ฑฐ๋ค
5) ์ฐพ๋๋ค
2. 1) ๊น์ง ๋๋๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋ง์ ๋ชปํ๋ค. 2) ์์ด์ ํ๊ตญ์ด๊ฐ ๋ค๋ฅด๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ํ๊ตญ์ด๊ฐ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค. 3) ๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์์์ด ๋ง์๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ๋ช ๋์ ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ค. 4) ์ฌ๋ฆ์ ์์ฃผ ๋ฅ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ ํฅ๋น์๋ฅผ ๋ง์ด ๋จน๋๋ค. 3. 1) ์ ํํ๋ฉด์ ํ ๋ ๋น์ ์ ๋ดค๋ค. 2) ์์ ์ ๋ค์ผ๋ฉด์ ๋ฐ์๋ค.
5)
3) ๋ง์ดํด์ ์ ์ฌ์ ๋จน์ผ๋ฉด์ ์น๊ตฌ์ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋ค. 4. 1) ๋๋ ํ๊ตญ ๋ฌธํ์ ์ต์ํ๋ค. ์ ์๋ค.
2) ๋๋ ๋ ๋ง์ด ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ ์๋ค๋ ๊ฒ
Translation practice 1. While I was learning Korean I thought that the Korean word โchinguโ was similar to the English word โfriend.โ 2. I realized that in the US, people say friend easily but in Korea they donโt say it in that way.
Section 1, Chapter 4 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ค๋ 2) 33 3) ๋ก๊ตญ 4) ๋ง๋ 2. 1) T 2) F 3) T 4) F
5) ์ธ๋ฐฐ
6) ๋ถ์
3. 1) ๊ทธ๋์ 2) ๋๋ค 3) ์ ๊ธฐํ๊ฒ๋ 4) ํ์ต 5) ์น๋ค 4. 1)-b) 2)-d) 3)-e) 4)-a) 5)-c) 5. 1) ๋์ด๋ฅผ ํ ์ด ๋ ๋จน์ด์. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ค๊ตญํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ ํ์ต์ด ์ ๋ ๊ฑธ ๋ณด๊ณ ๊น์ง ๋๋์ต๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems p.219
1. 1) ์์ผ ์ ๋ฌผ๋ก DVD๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ฌ๋ค. 2) ๊ฐ์กฑ์ ํ๋ณต๊ณผ ํ์์ ๋ฐ๋๋๋ค. 3) ์ข์ ์ฃผ๋ง ๋ณด๋ด์๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋์. 2. 1) ๋ณด์คํด ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ๋ด์ํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ๋ค. 2) ์ ์๋๋ค ์๊ฐ์ ํ์๋คํ๊ณ ๋ค๋ฅด๋ค.
3) ์ผ๋ณธ์ด๋ ํ๊ตญ์ดํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ๋ค. 3. 1) ๊ป์ 2) ์ด 3) ๊ป์ 4) ๊ป
5) ๊ฐ
6) ๊ป
Translation practice 1. Koreans hit (rang) the bell for 33 times in Bosingak pavilion on this date. 2. Children bowed a big bow to adults and received a cash gift.
Section 1, Chapter 5 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ํ ๋จธ๋
2) ๋นํ๋ค
3) ์๋ฆฌ๊ฐ 4) ์จ์ผ์ง
2. 1) ์ 2) ๊ทธ๋ผ 3) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ 3. 1)-b) 2)-a) 3)-d) 4)-c)
4) ์๊ธฐ๋ค
5) ๊ตํต์ฌ๊ณ
4. 1) ํ ๋จธ๋์์. 2) ์ฐจ๊ฐ์์
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๋ฏผ์ง๊ฐ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ๋๊น 2) ์ฌ๋ฆ์ด ์์ผ๋๊น ๊น 4) ์ ํฌ๊ฐ ์์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ฐ๋๊น 2. 1) ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ฐ ์ง์ ๊ณ์ค๊น? ์ ์ ๋ค์๊น? 3. 1)-b) 2)-c) 3)-a) 4)-d) 4. 1) ์น๊ตฌํํ ์ ํ๋ฅผ ํด์ผ์ง. 2) ๋ด์ผ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ์จ์ผ์ง. 3) ๋งค์ผ ์ด๋ ํด์ผ์ง. 5. 1)-c)
2)-a)
3)-d) 4)-b)
3) ๋ง์ด ๋จน์์ผ๋
2) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ์ ์ด๊น?
3) K-pop ์
Translation practice 1. What is the money that the grandfather likes the most? 2. Ice cream got into a traffic accident. Why? p.220
Section 1, Chapter 6 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ฒ๋ง ๋ช 2) ์ค์ฌ 3) ์ผํ ํ 7) ๊ณณ 2. 1) T 2) F 3) F 4) F 5) T
4) ํนํ
5) ์ ํต์ฐจ
6) ํด๋ฝ ๋ฌธ
3. 1) ์๋ 2) ์ธ๊ตฌ 3) ๊ถ๊ถ 4) ๊ฐ๊น๋ค 5) ํนํ 4. 1)-b) 2)-d) 3)-a) 4)-e) 5)-c) 5. 1) ์์ธ์ ์ผ๊ฒฝ์ ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ์ธ์ฌ๋์ ๋๋ค. 3) ์๊ตฌ์ ๋์ด๋ ์ ์ฌ๋์ ๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ํนํ 2) ๋ 3) ํ์ง๋ง 2. 1) ๊ฐ๊ณ ์ถ๋ค 2) ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝํ๊ณ ์ถ๋ค 3) ์ ํ๊ณ ์ถ์ต๋๊น? ์ถ์์ด์ 5) ์ฆ๊ธฐ๊ณ ์ถ์ ๊ฑฐ์์ 3. 1) ๋ํ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค 2) ํธ๋ ๋ํ ์ ํ์ ๊ฒฝํํ๊ณ ์ถ์ ๋ถ๋ค 3) ์์ธ์ ์ผ๊ฒฝ์ ๋ณด๋ ๊ณณ 4. 1) ๊ฒฝํํ๊ณ ์ถ์ ์ฌ๋๋ค 2) ์ฌ๊ณ ์ถ์ ๊ณณ
4) ์ฌ๊ณ
3) ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๋ง์ ์์ธ 5. 1) ์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ โ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ 2) ์ ํต์ ์ด๋ โ ์ ํต์ ์ธ 3) ๋ง๋๋ณด์ โ ๋ง๋๋ณด๋
Translation practice 1. Seoul is a capital city of the Republic of Korea where approximately 10,000,000 people are residing. 2. People can enjoy various kinds of performances and search for cool cafรฉs or encounter the latest fashion. 3. Many tourists begin the tour from the center of Seoul.
Section 1, Chapter 7 Reading comprehension questions p.221
1. 1) ๋์ 2) ์ด์ด์ 3) ํ๊ณ 4) ๋ณด๋ 5) ์๊ธฐ 6) ์ด ๋ดค ๋ฏธ๊ฐ 2. 1) T 2) F 3) F 4) T 5) T
7) ์
3. 1) ๊ฒฝํํ๋ค 2) ๋ํ ์ถ์ 3) ์๋ฏธ๊ฐ ์๋ค 4) ๋ธ๋ผ์ง 5) ์๊ธฐ ๋๋ผ 6) ์ฐธ๊ฐํ๋ค 4. 1)-e) 2)-a) 3)-c) 4)-d) 5)-b) 5. 1) ์ง์ ๋ง๋ ์ฝ์์ ์์ ๋ถ์ฑ๋ฅผ ํ์์ต๋๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ๋ํ ๋ฌธํ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฝํํ์ต๋๋ค. 3) ๋ ๋ง์ ๋ํ ์ถ์ ์ ์ฐธ๊ฐํ๊ณ ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ผ์ ์์๋ ๋ง๋ค์ด ํ๊ณ ๊ฒ์๋ ๋ ๋ง์ด ํด ๋ณด๊ณ ์ถ์ต๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems
1. 1) ์ฐฉํด์ก๋ค 2) ๊ฐ์ง๋ค ๋ค 6) ์ ํด์ก๋ค
3) ๋นจ๊ฐ์ก๋ค
2. 1) ์ถฅ๋ค ๋ณด๋ 2) ์ฐ์ตํ๋ค ๋ณด๋ ๋ 5) ๋ง๋ค๋ค ๋ณด๋
4) ์ฃผ์ด์ก๋ค
3) ์ฐธ๊ฐํ๋ค ๋ณด๋
3. 1) ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ๊ณ ํ์ 2) ํผ๊ณคํด์ 3) ์ผ์์ผ์ด์ด์ ์ 5) ์์นจ์ ๋จน์ด์
5) ์ถ์์ง 4) ์๋ค ๋ณด
4) ์น๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋
4. 1) ์ผ์ฐ ์ค๋ค 2) ์ ์ฌ์ ๋ง์ด ๋จน์๋ค 3) ๊ตฌ๊ฒฝ์ ์ ๋ชปํ๋ค 5. 1) ๋๊ปด์ง๋ค 2) ๊ฐ์ง๋ค ๋ค 6) ์ถ์์ง๋ค
3) ์ฐฉํด์ง๋ค
4) ๊ธธ์ด์ง๋ค
5) ์ฃผ์ด์ง
Translation practice 1. The performances of musical bands and a student cooking competition took place in succession. 2. Invited by my friend, I went to the K college festival yesterday. 3. Two festivals in two colleges were a good time for me to experience college culture in Korea.
Section 1, Chapter 8 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) 2 2) ๊ฐ์ 3) ๋ ธ๋ฌด 4) ๋ฌด๋์ด 5) ์ด์ฉํ๋ค 6) ์์ ๋งค 8) ์ฑ์ฉ 2. 1) F 2) F 3) T 4) T 5) T
7) ํ
3. 1) ๋ฎ 2) ์์๋ณด๋ค 3) ๊ณ์ ๋ณ 4) ๋ง์ดํ๋ค 5) ์งญ์งคํ๋ค 6) ๋ฌด ๋์ด 4. 1)-a) 2)-c) 3)-d) 4)-b) 5)-e) p.222
5. 1) 6์์ ๋๋ค.
2) ๋ฐค์ ์ธ์ถํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๊ฐ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. 3) ๋ฐฑํ์ ์์ ํ๋งค ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ๋ฅผ ํฉ๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) 9์ผ์ด ๋ช ์ ์ด๋ฏ๋ก ๊ธธ์ด ๋ง์ด ๋งํ ๊ฑฐ์์. 2) ์๋ฒ๋์ด ์ค์ จ์ผ๋ฏ๋ก ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ ๋ ์ค๋น๋ฅผ ํด์ผ๊ฒ ๋ค. 3) ์ฌํ์ด๋ ๋ ๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ์ผํ๋ฏ๋ก ๋์ ๋ง์ด ๋ฒ์๋ค. 4) ์ฑ์ ์ด ์ ์ข์์ผ๋ฏ๋ก ์ข์ ๋ํ์ ๊ฐ์ง ๋ชปํ๋ค. 2. 1) ๋งค์ฃผ 2) ๋งค์, ๋งค๋ฌ
3) ๋งคํ๊ธฐ 4) ๋งค๋
5) ๋งค๋ฒ
3. 1) ์งํค๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค 2) ์ค๋นํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค 3) ๋น๊ฐ ์ค๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค 4. 1) ๋งคํ๊ธฐ
2) ๋งค์ฃผ
3) ๋งค์
4) ์
4) ๋งค์ผ
5. 1) ๋ง์์ง๋ฏ๋ก โ ๋ง์ ์ง๋๊น 2) ๊ฐ๋ฏ๋ก โ ๊ฐ์ผ๋ฏ๋ก ๋ฐ์ดํธ โ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ์๊ฐ์ ๋งค๋ฒ ๋ฆ์๋ค
3) ๋งค์๋ฅด
Translation practice 1. In January end of year tax calculation helper and in February graduation ceremony helpers are popular part-time jobs. 2. Water sports instructor part-time jobs are popular in summer. 3. Through the mobile apps you should check the updated information frequently.
Section 1, Chapter 9 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ฑ 2) ํ๋ ์ฌํ 3) ๋ด๊ฑธ๊ณ ํ 7) ์ญํ 8) ๊บผ๋ฆฌ๋
4) ๊ฒฝ๋ ฅ
5) ๋น๋กฏํด
6) ๊ท์ค
2. 1) F 2) T 3) F
4) T 5) F
3. 1) ๋ณ๋ค 2) ๋ฌด๋กํ๋ค 3) ์์ง๊น์ง 4) ํ์ฑ๋๋ค ํ 6) ์ ์ 4. 1)-e) 2)-a) 3)-c) 4)-b) 5)-d)
5) ํ๋ ์ฌ
5. 1) ์ด์ ๋จํธ๊ณผ ํ ๊ฐ์กฑ์ด ๋์๋ค๋ ๋ป์ ๋๋ค. 2) ์ฃผ๋ก ์ง์ฅ๊ณผ ์ฌํ ์์์ ํ์ฑ๋ฉ๋๋ค. p.223
3) ๋ฌด๋กํ๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ์์ต๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊ฟ๋ ๋์ง๋ง ๊ฒฝ๋ ฅ ๋๋ฌธ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ๋ฐ๊พธ์ง ์๋ ์ฌ์๋ค ์ด ๋ง๋ค. 2) ์ค๋ก์ง๋ง ๊ธธ ์ข ๋ฌป๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. 3) ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ด์ ๊ฐ ์์ง๋ง ํ๊ตญ์๋ ์ ๊ต์ ์ธ ์ด์ ๊ฐ ์๋ค. 4) ์ฃ์กํ์ง๋ง ํ์ฅ์ค์ด ์ด๋ ์์ต๋๊น? 2. 1) ์์ ์
2) ๊ฐ ์
3) ๋์ด ์
4) ์ผ์ด์ ์
5) ๋ซํ ์
3. 1) ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฝ 2) ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฝ 3) ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฐ 4) ๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฐ ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฝ
5) ๋ผ
4. 1) ๋ฐ ๋ถ์ฅ๋์ด๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค. 2) ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๋ ์์ธ์ ๊ฐ ๊ณ์ธ์. 3) ์ง๋ง ํ๋ ์ฌํ์์๋ ์ง์ฅ์์ ์ผํ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ฒด์ฑ์ ์ฐพ์ต๋๋ค 5. 1) ์ค๋ก์ง๋ง 2) ์์๊ฒ ์ง๋ง 3) ๋์๋ค์ง๋ง 4) ๋ถ๋ฅธ๋ค์ง๋ง ๋ฌด๋กํ ๋ค์ง๋ง
Translation practice 1. The cases where women participate in the social media or publish books increased.
5)
2. In Belgium, Malaysia, China, and Korea women do not change their family names after the marriage. 3. We could say that it is the culture that avoids directly calling the precious names.
Section 2, Chapter 1 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์์ง 2) ์๋ก์ 3) ์ก์ง 4) ์ก์์ฑ ์ ๊ฐ, ์๋ฆฌํจ 2. 1) T 2) F 3) F 4) F 5) T 3. 1) ๋ฑ์ฅํ๋ค 2) ํธ๋ฅธ์ 3) ๋ํํ๋ค ๋ฏ์ค๋ค 4. 1)-a) 2)-c) 3)-d) 4)-e) 5)-b)
5) ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ 6)
4) ๊ณก์ 5) ๋ด๊ฒจ์ง๋ค 6)
5. 1) ๋ณํ์ง ์๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์งํค๋ ๋๋ฌด์ ๋๋ค. 2) ์์ด ๋ฌด์ฑํ๊ณ ๊ฑด๊ฐํ๊ฒ ์๋๋๋ค. 3) ๊ฑด๊ฐ๊ณผ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ ์ค์ํ ๊ฐ์น๋ผ๊ณ ์๊ฐํฉ๋๋ค. p.224
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๊น์น๋ ํ๊ตญ์์ ๋ํ์ ์ธ ์๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค 2) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ ๋ํต๋ น์ ์ธ์ฅ์ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ์๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค 3) ๊น์น๋ ์๋ฆฌํ ์์ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค 4) ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ธ์๊ฒ๋ ๊ฑด๊ฐ๊ณผ ๊ถ๋ ฅ์ด ์ค์ํ๋ค๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค 2. 1) ๊น์น๋ ์ก์์ฑ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๋ ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ๋ํํ๋ ์๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ์ก์ง์ ๋ค์ํ ์ฐ์์ด ์๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํฉ๋๋ค.
3. 1) ์๋ผ๊ณ โ ์๋ค๊ณ 2) ๋๋ฌด๋ค๊ณ โ ๋๋ฌด๋ผ๊ณ 3) ์ฐ์ธ๋ค๋ผ๊ณ โ ์ฐ์ธ๋ค๊ณ 4. 1) ์์๊ฒ ๊ฒ
2) ์์ง์ ์ผ๋ก 3) ์ค์ํ๊ฒ
4) ์ธ๊ณ์ ์ผ๋ก
5) ๋ฏ์ค
5. 1) ์ ๊ฐ์ ์์ง์ผ๋ก ์๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ์ฐ์ธ๋ค. 2) ๋ํต๋ น์ ์ธ์ฅ์ ํฐ๋จธ๋ฆฌ ๋ ์๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ๋ณด์ธ๋ค. 3) ์ค๋์ ํ ๋ผ๊ฐ ๋นจ๋ฆฌ ์กํ๋ค.
Translation practice 1. Because pine trees are always green, in the past Koreans thought that pine trees are unchanging and a loyal tree of integrity. 2. The magpie is an omnivore so it eats fruits, grains, insects, or small fish. 3. If you see the representative trees and birds of a country, you come to realize that contained inside are the values that the people of the country think is important.
Section 2, Chapter 2 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ฅ 2) ๋์ฅ, ๊ฐ์ฅ, ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ 3) ๋ฉ์ฃผ ์ฅ 6) ๊ฐ์์ 7) ์ 2. 1) F 2) T 3) T 4) F 5) F
4) ์๊ธ, ๊ฐ์ฅ
5) ๊ณ ์ถ
3. 1) ๋ํ 2) ๋ฐํจ์ํค๋ค 3) ๋งค๋ฌ๋ค 4) ์๋ ์ฅ 5) ์ฐ๊ตฌ 6) ๋ฃ๋ค 4. 1)-c) 2)-a) 3)-d) 4)-e) 5)-b) 5. 1) ํ๊ตญ์ ์ฅ ์์์ ๋ชจ๋ ๋ฉ์ฃผ๋ก ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 2) ๋ชจ๋ 3-4๋ฌ ์ ๋ ์์ฑ์์ผ ๋์ฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 3) ๋์ฅ์ด ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ ์ข๋ค๋ ๋ด์ค๊ฐ ๋ณด๋๋ ์ ์ด ์์ต๋๋ค.
p.225
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๊ณ ์ถ๋ฅผ ๋ง๋ฆฌ๋๋ฐ ํ๋น์ด ํ์ํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ๋์ฅ์ ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ ์๊ฐ์ด ๊ฑธ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค. 3) ๋งค์ด ์์์ ์ข์ํ๋๋ฐ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๋งค์ด ์์์ ์ข์ ์๋ ์ฅ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 4) ๋์ฅ์ด ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ ์ข์๋ฐ ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ง์์๋ ๋งค์ผ ๋จน์ด์. 2. 1) ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๊ณ ์ถ๊ฐ๋ฃจ, ์ฐน์, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ฉ์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ๋ฒ๋ฌด๋ ค ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 2) ๋น๋น ๋๋ฉด์ ๋๋ฉด์ ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ, ์ฐธ๊ธฐ๋ฆ, ๋ฌผ์ฟ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ค์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฃ์ด ์ ๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค. 3) ๋์ฅ ์์ ๋ ์ํด์ ๋์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ๊ณผ ๊ธฐ์ต๋ ฅ์ ํฅ์์ํจ๋ค ์๋ ค์ ธ ์์ต๋๋ค. 3. 1) ํ์ ๋ง์ดํด์๊ฒ ์๋์์น๋ฅผ ์ฌ ์ค๋ผ๋ ์ฌ๋ถ๋ฆ์ ์์ผฐ๋ค. 2) ์ท๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ์ ๋ชจ๋ ์คํํ๋ค์๊ฒ ํ๋ฃจ์ 4์๊ฐ์ฉ ์ผ์ ์์ผฐ๋ค. 3) ๋ง ์ํค์ง ๋ง์ธ์. 4. 1) ์ผ์ํค๋ค
2) ์ฌ๋ถ๋ฆ์ํค๋ค 3) ๋ฐํจ์ํค๋ค 4) ๋ง์ํค๋ค
5. 1) ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ์ ๋งค์ด ํ๊ตญ ์์์ ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ ์ฐ์ ๋๋ค. 2) ๋์ฅ์ด ๊ฑด๊ฐ์ ์ข๋ค๋ ๋ด์ค๊ฐ ์ต๊ทผ์ ๋ณด๋๋์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ๋์ฅ์ด ์์ ์๋ฐฉํ ์ ์๋ค๋ ์ฐ๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋์์ต๋๋ค.
Translation practice 1. Because it takes a long time to make Toenjang some people call Toenjang โslow food.โ 2. Jang is made from Meju which is boiled and fermented soybeans. 3. How about making a dish with a healthy food like Toenjang tonight?
Section 2, Chapter 3 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ๋ฐฉ 2) ๋งํ์ฑ 3) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ 4) ํธ์ํ ๋ฐฉ 7) ์ผ๋ณธ 2. 1) F 2) F 3) T 4) T 5) F
5) ์ฌ๋๋ฐฉ
6) ๋ ธ๋
3. 1) ๋ ํนํ๋ค 2) ์๊ธฐ๋ค 3) ๋๋ผ๋ค 4) ์ค์ ๋ก 5) ์ ๋ฏธํ 6) ์ ๋ 4. 1)-d) 2)-a) 3)-e) 4)-b) 5)-c) 5. 1) ๋น๋์ค๋ฅผ ๋น๋ ค ๋ด ๋๋ค. 2) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ ๋๋ค. p.226
3) ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ์ข์ํ๊ณ ํฅ์ด ๋ง์ต๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ์ ๋ ์ ํ๋ณต๋ ์ ๊ณ ํ ๋จธ๋๊ป ๋ ธ๋๋ ๋ถ๋ฌ๋๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค. 2) ์ด์ ๋ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถ๋ ํ๊ณ ์ผ๋ณธ์ด ๊ณต๋ถ๋ ํ์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค๊ณผ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ๋ ํ๊ณ ์ฐ์ง๋ ํ๊ณ ๊ณ๋๋ ๋จน๊ณ ์ํ๋ ๋จน์์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์์ผ์ ์์ผ ์ผ์ดํฌ๋ ์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฏธ์ญ๊ตญ๋ ๋ง๋ค๊ณ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค๋ ์ด๋ํ ์ต๋๋ค. 2. 1) ๋ก๊ฐ๋๋ฌด๋ ์์ด ๋ฌด์ฑํ๊ณ ๊ฑด๊ฐํ๊ฒ ์๋ผ๋ฏ๋ก ๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ์ฌ๋ ํ๋ ๋๋ฌด๊ฐ ๋์์ต๋๋ค. 2) ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ์ฅ์์์ ์ฌ๋ํ๋ฏ๋ก ๋์ฅ, ๊ฐ์ฅ, ๊ณ ์ถ์ฅ ๋ฑ์ ํ ๊ตญ์ธ์๊ฒ ๋งค์ผ ๋จน๋ ์ผ์ ์์์ ๋๋ค
3) ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ ธ๋ ์ฐ์ต์ ๋ง์ด ํ๋ฏ๋ก ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ ๋ ธ๋๋ฅผ ์ ํฉ ๋๋ค 4) ํ๊ตญ์๋ ๋ฐฉ ๋ฌธํ๊ฐ ์์ผ๋ฏ๋ก ๋ฐฉ์์ ๋ชจ์๋ ์์ฃผํฉ๋๋ค. 3. 1) ๋น๋์ค ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ๋น๋์ค๋ฅผ ๋น๋ ค ๋ณด๊ณ ํผ์จ๋ฐฉ์์๋ ์ปดํจํฐ๋ฅผ ์๋๋ค 2) ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์ 2000๋ ๋๋ถํฐ ๊ธ์ํ๊ฒ ์ ํ์ ํ์ต๋๋ค. 3) ๋ฐ๋ปํ ๋ด๋ณ์ ์ผ์์ด ๋ฌผ๋ก ๋ณํ๊ฒ ๋ฉ๋๋ค. 4. 1) ๋ฐ๊ฒ ๋์๋ค 2) ๋ง์๊ฒ ๋์๋ค ๋์๋ค
3) ์ผํ๊ฒ ๋์๋ค
4) ์นํ๊ฒ
5. 1) ์น๊ตฌ๋ ์ด๋๋ ์ํ๊ณ ์ถค๋ ์ ์ถฅ๋๋ค. 2) ์๋ฒ์ง๊ป์๋ ๋ ธ๋๋ ์ํ์๊ณ ์์๋ ์ํ์ญ๋๋ค 3) ์ ๋ ๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ์๋ ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ๊ณ ์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ์๋ ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ๋๋ค.
Translation practice 1. In jjimjilbang, you can see that newcomers soon join in the casual chatting with the others. 2. โKaraokeโ has (become) changed into the name of โnoraebang.โ 3. Koreans practice the songs they will sing in the norae bang and they often sing in their daily lives.
Section 2, Chapter 4 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ํ๊ฐ์ 2) ์ถ์ 3) ๋๊ฒฝ 4) ์ฑ๋ฌ 5) ์กํธ 6) ์ฐจ๋ก ๋ 8) ์ฌ์ 9) ๊ตํต ์ฒด์ฆ 2. 1) T 2) F 3) F 4) T 5) T
7) ํ
p.227
3. 1) ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ณด๋ค 2) ํ๋ค๊ฒ 3) ์ฐ๋ค 4) ๋ฐฅ 4. 1)-a) 2)-d) 3)-c) 4)-b) 5)-e)
5) ์ด๋ฃจ๋ค 6) ๊ณ ํฅ
5. 1) ๊ทธ ํด ๊ฐ์์ ์ํ์ ์ถํํด์ ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ฆ๊ฑฐ์ด ์๊ธฐ์ ๋๋ค. 2) ์ฝฉ์ด๋ ๊นจ๊ฐ ๋ค์ด๊ฐ๋๋ค. 3) ๊ฐ์์ ํน๋ณํ ๊ณ์ ์์์ด๋ผ์ ์ถ์์์ ์ฌ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๋ณด๋ฆ๋ฌ์ด ๋ ์ ๋ฐ์ต๋๋ค. 2) ์๊ฐ๋ฃจ๋ฅผ ๋ญ์ณ์ ๋ก์ ๋ง๋ค์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ํ ๋๊ตญ์ ๋ง๋ค์ด์ ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์ฌ๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์กํธ์ ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์ฌ๋ ค์ ์ฐจ๋ก๋ฅผ ์ง๋์ต๋๋ค. 2. 1) ์ถ์์๋ ์กํธ์ ๋ง๋๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ข์ต๋๋ค. 2) ํ ๋จธ๋์ ๊ฐ์ด ์ฑ๋ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฌ ๊ฐ์ ์ก์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฝ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ต ๋๋ค. 3) ์์ฆ์๋ ์ฌ๋๋ค์ด ๋ฌ์ ๋ณด๊ณ ์์์ ๋น๋ ๊ฒ ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์ถ์๋ ์์นจ์๋ ์ฐจ๋ก๋ฅผ ๋๋ฆฌ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ ํต์ ๋๋ค. 5) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋๋ ์ฌ์๋ค์ด ์ถ์๋ ๋ฐค์ ๋ ธ๋ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. 3. 1) ์ ๊ณก์์ ์ํํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ธฐ์จ์ ๋๋ค. 2) ์ฑ๋ฌ๋ ์กฐ์๋ค์ ๋ฌด๋ค์์ ์ก์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฝ๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ์ ๋งํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ค์ํ๋ค. 4. 1) ๊ณต๋ถํ๋ ์ฌ๋ 2) ์ถค์ ์ถ๋ ๋จ์๋ค 3) ๋ชจ์๋ฅผ ์ฌ๋ ์ฌ์ 4) ํ ๋ ๋น์ ์ ๋์ค๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ 5) ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฑท๋ ์์ด๋ค
5. 1) ์ง๊ธ ์ฐจ๋ก์์ ์์์ ์ฐจ๋ฆฌ๋๋ก ํ์ธ์. 2) ์ถ์์ ์ฌ์๋ค์ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์์๋ ์ถค์ ์ถ๋๋ก ํ์ธ์. 3) ๊ฐ์กฑ๋ค์๊ฒ ์ ๋ฌผ์ ์ฌ๋๋ก ํ์ธ์.
Translation practice 1. While gazing at the bright moon families get together to make delicious foods. 2. The day before Chuseok all the family members from grandmothers to children get together and sit around to make songpyeonn. p.228
3. Now Chuseok has become an important seasonal celebration when the families who live apart get together after a long time having been separated.
Section 2, Chapter 5 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ฌ์ 2) ๋์น 3) 90 4) ๋๋ ์, ๊ฒ์ ์ ๋ฆ 7) ์ค๋ช ํ์ต๋๋ค 8) ํจ๋ถ๋ก 9) ๋ฐฐ๋ ค 2. 1) T 2) F 3) T 4) F 5) T 3. 1) ์ฌ์, ์ ์น 2) ์์ญ์ด๋ค 3) ๋ฐญ์ ๊ฐ๋ค ๋ค 6) ๋ฐฐ๋ คํ๋ค 4. 1)-b) 2)-d) 3)-e) 4)-a) 5)-c)
5) ์์ญ์ด 6) ๊ฒ์ผ
4) ์์ผ
5) ๋ค๊ฐ์ค
5. 1) ๋๋ ์๊ฐ ์ผ์ ๋ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. ๊ฒ์ ์๋ ์ผ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ซ์ดํด์ ๊ฒ์ผ ๋ฆ๋ ์ ํผ์ฐ์ง์. 2) ์ผ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ซ์ดํด์ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ฆ๋ ์ ํผ์ด๋ค. 3) ๋๊ตฌ์๊ฒ๋ ๋ฐ๋ปํ ๋ง์์ผ๋ก ์๋๋ฐฉ์ ์ํด ๋ฐฐ๋ ค๋ฅผ ํ๊ฒ ๋์ ์ต๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ์ผ๋ก์
2) ๋ก 3) ์ผ๋ก๋ง
4) ๋ก๋ 5) ๋ก๋ง
2. 1) ์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ด ์ฌํ์ ๊ฐ์๋๋๋ก ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. 2) ์ด์ ์น๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋จน์๋๋๋ก ๋จน์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ๋ฌ์ ๋ณด๋ฉด์ ์์์ ๋น์๋๋๋ก ๋น์์ต๋๋ค. 4) ์๋ง๊ฐ ํ์๋๋๋ก ๋ฐ๋ผ์ ํ์ต๋๋ค. 5) ๋๋๋ฌธ ์์ฅ์์ ๋ฌผ๊ฑด์ ์ฌ์๋๋๋ก ์์ต๋๋ค. 3. 1) ์๋ ์ฌ๋ 2) ๊ฐ๋ฅด์ณค๋ ์ ์๋ 3) ๋ํ๊ต์ ๋ค๋ ๋ ํ์ 4) ๋ด๊ฐ ๋ฃ๋ ๋ผ๋์ค 5) ์์ผ์ ์ก์๋น๊ฒผ๋ ์์ด๋ค 4. 1) ๊ณต๋ถํ๋ ์ฌ๋ 2) ์ถค์ ์ถ๋ ๋จ์๋ค 3) ๋ชจ์๋ฅผ ์ฌ๋ ์ฌ์ 4) ํ ๋ ๋น์ ์ ๋์ค๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ 5) ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฑท๋ ์์ด๋ค 5. 1) ๋์๋๋๋ก ๋์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋์๋ ํฉํฌ p.229
2) ํ์๋๋๋ก ์ผ์ ํ๋ ๋๋ ์ 3) ๋จน์๋๋๋ก ๋ง์ด ๋จน์๋ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค 6. 1) ๋ ๊ฐ โ ๋ ๋ง๋ฆฌ 2) ์ผ์ ํ๊ณ โ ์ผ์ ํ๊ธฐ 3) ๋ฉ์ถ๋ฉด์ โ ๋ฉ์ถ๊ณ 4) ๋ชฐ๋ผ๋๊น โ ๋ชฐ๋ผ์
5) ์น๋ ๊ณณ โ ์น๋ ๊ฒ
Translation practice 1. Even the animals like oxen, when the owner says sad things about them, eventually they realize the truth about the owner. 2. Hwanghi at that moment had an epiphany of the old farmerโs wisdom. 3. These animals are the ones who worked hard following my direction as I commanded them, I should be thankful.
Section 2, Chapter 6 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ธ์ฒ 2) 50 3) ์ธ ๋ฒ์งธ 4) ์ฌํฌ๋ฆฌ ์ ๋ช ํฉ๋๋ค 8) ๋งฅ์๋ 9) ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ 2. 1) F 2) F 3) T 4) T 5) T
5) ์ง๋ฆฌ์ ์ผ๋ก 6) ํ๊ต7)
3. 1) ๊ฒฝํ 2) ํธ์ํ๋ค 3) ๋์ฐฉํ๋ค 4) ๋ฐ๋ท๊ฐ 5) ๊ผญ 6) ๊ฐ๋ฐํ ๋ค 4. 1)-e) 2)-b) 3)-a) 4)-d) 5)-c) 5. 1) ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด์ ์ธ์ฒ์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ํ์ด์์ ํ๊ต๊ฐ ๋ง๋ ์์์ ๋๋ค. 2) ์ธ๊ณ ์ 2์ฐจ ๋์ ์์ ๋งฅ์๋๊ฐ ์ ์๊ตฐ๊ณผ ์๋ฅํ ๊ณณ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ํด์ ๊ด๊ด ์ํ ๋ฒ์ค๋ฅผ ํ๋ฉด ๋ฉ๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ๋ฐ๋์ ์๊ตญ์ ๋จ๋์ชฝ์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค. 2) ๊ดํ๋ฌธ์ ์์ธ์ ์ค์ฌ์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค. 3) ์ ์ฃผ๋๋ ํ๊ตญ์ ๋จ์ชฝ์ ์์นํด ์๋ ์ฌ์ ๋๋ค p.230
2. 1)-a)
2)-b) 3)-d) 4)-c)
3. 1) ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ ์ ์ ํ ์ผ์ฑ๋ ๋จน์ต๋๋ค. 2) ์ธ์ฒ์์ ์ ๋ช ํ ๊ฒ์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ํ์ด์ ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋๋ค. 3) ์ญ์ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค์ํ ๋์์ผ๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ ๊ด๊ด์ง๋ก๋ ์ ๋ช ํฉ๋๋ค. 4) ์ ๋ฏผ์ด๊ฐ ์ ํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ์ด๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋๋ค. 4. 1) ๋จ์ชฝ์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค 2) ๋ฉ์์ฝ์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค 3) ์ค๋ฅธ์ชฝ์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค 4) 3์ธต์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค 5) ์ฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ง์ ์์ ์์นํด ์์ต๋๋ค 5. 1) ๋ด์ ํ์์ฆ์ ์ํ๋ฉด 2) ์ผ๊ตญ์ ์ฌ์ ์ํ๋ฉด 3) ์ ๋ ๋ด์ค์ ์ํ๋ฉด 6. 1) ํ ๋จธ๋๋ฟ ์๋๋ค โ ํ ๋จธ๋๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค 2) ์ด๋ฟ๋ง โ ์ด๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋๋ค 3) ๊ฑด๊ฐ์์ ์๋๋ผ โ ์๋๋ผ ๊ฑด๊ฐ์์ 4) ์ฌ์๋ค๋ ๋ฟ์ด๋ค โ ์ฌ์๋ค๋ ํ๋ค
Translation practice 1. Incheon is famous for its shooting locations for popular Korean dramas and movies. 2. Incheonโs dialect is similar to that of Seoulโs so you donโt really feel the regional dialect. 3. Because they are on the shore, seafood is not expensive but also fresh.
Section 2, Chapter 7
Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์ฐธ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค 2) ๋ฐ๋๊ตญ 3) ์ค์์ฑ ๊ต 7) ์ฑ์ 8) ๊ต์ก์ 2. 1) T 2) F 3) T 4) F 5) T 3. 1) ์น๋ฐํ๋ค ๋ค
2) ๋ชจ์ต
4) ๊ฐ์น 5) ์ดํ 6) ์ข
3) ์ธ์ ํ๋ค 4) ์ข ๊ต 5) ๊ฐ์น 6) ์ฑ๊ณตํ p.231
4. 1)-d)
2)-a) 3)-b) 4)-e)
5)-c)
5. 1) ์์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๋ฅด์น๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ์ ์ฐธ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ์ข์ ๋ํ๊ต๋ฅผ ์กธ์ ํ๊ณ ์ธ๊ตญ์ด ํ ์คํธ์์ ์ข์ ์ฑ์ ์ ๋ธ ์ฌ ๋๋ค์ด ์ทจ์ง์ ์ ํฉ๋๋ค. 3) ๊ต์ก์ ๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ์ ์๋ก 2) ๋จน์ ์๋ก 3) ์๊ฐํ ์๋ก ๋ก 6) ๊ฐ์น์ผ ์๋ก 2. 1)-b) 2)-b) 3)-a) 4)-b)
4) ๋ ์๋ก
5) ์ ์ ์
3. 1) ๊ฐ์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค 2) ์๊ฐํด์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค 3) ๋ง์ ์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค 4) ๋ฎ์ ์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค 5) ๋ฐ์ํด์ผ ํฉ๋๋ค 5. 1) ์ทจ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํด์ 2) ๊ด๋ฃ๊ฐ ๋๊ธฐ ์ํด์ ๊ธฐ ์ํด์ 4) ์์ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๋ฅด์น๊ธฐ ์ํด์ 6. 1) ๋ ํด์ง
2) ๋ฐ์ํด
3) ์ฌํ์์ ์ธ์ ๋ฐ
3) ์ฐธ์ฌํ 4) ๋ณด์ฌ์ฃผ์ด
7. 1) ๋ด์ด โ ๋ด์ผ 2) ์๋๋ผ๋ โ ์๋๋ผ๋ 3) ๊ต๋ฅ๋ฅผ โ ๊ต๋ฅ๊ฐ 4) ์๊ณ ๋ณด๊ธฐ ์ํด์ โ ์๊ณ ๋ณด๋ฉด
Translation practice 1. Of course the education fervor is not always a good thing. 2. There are values that each country thinks important. 3. For many Koreans an educator is still a respectable vocation.
Section 2, Chapter 8 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ์กด๋๋ง 2) ์ง์ 3) ์ฌํ์ ์ ์ฌ 8) ํ์, ์ด์ธ๋ฆฌ๋ 2. 1) T 2) T 3) F 4) F 5) F 3. 1) ๊ตํํ๋ค ์ต
2) ์์
4) ๊ณ ๊ฐ
5) ๋ณดํธํ๊ณ
6) ์
7)
3) ์ด์ธ๋ฆฌ๋ค 4) ์์ 5) ์น์งํ๋ค 6) ๊ด p.232
4. 1)-e)
2)-a)
3)-b) 4)-c) 5)-d)
5. 1) ๋์ด์ ์ฐจ์ด๋ ์ฌํ์ ์์น์ ๊ธฐ์ธํฉ๋๋ค. 2) ์์ ์ ์๋ก ์ฃผ๊ณ ๋ฐ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ๋๋ค. 3) ์ ๋ ์์ฌ๋ฅผ ์ง์ฅ ๋๋ฃ๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ํ๋ฉด์ ์์ด๋์ด๋ ๊ตํํ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ธ์ ์ธ ์๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๋๋๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems 1. 1) ์ ์ ์ ๋๋ง๋ค ๊ฟ์ ๊พผ๋ค 2) ์๋ง๋ฅผ ์๊ฐํ ๋๋ง๋ค ๋ง์์ด ๋ฐ ๋ปํ๋ค 3) ์ด์ฌํ ์ผํ ๋๋ง๋ค ์์ฌ๋ค์ด ์นญ์ฐฌํ๋ค 4) ํ์์๊ฐ ์ผ ๋๋ง๋ค ์ผ๊ฒน์ด์ ๋จน๋๋ค 2. 1) ์ ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ 2) ํด ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ 3) ๋์ด๊ฐ ๋ง์ ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ ๋๋ฌ5) ์ด์ธ๋ฆด ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ
4) ๋ณดํธํ ๋ฟ
3. 1) ์นํจ์ง์ ๊ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ 2) ์น์งํ๋๋ก ์ด๋์ด ์ฃผ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ ์ฌ๋์ด๊ฑฐ๋4) ์ปคํผ๋ฅผ ํ ๋๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋
3) ๋์ด๊ฐ ๋ง
4. 1) ์ด๋์ด ์ฃผ์ด์ผ 2) ์ฐธ์ํ์ฌ 3) ์ฃผ๊ณ ๋ฐ๋ 4) ๊ณ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ์์ฌ์ 5. 1) ๋๋๋๋ค โ ๋๋๋๋ค 2) ์กด์ฌํ๋ โ ์ฌ์ฉํ๋ 3) ๋ง์ ๋ฟ์ผ ๋ก โ ๋ง์ ๋ฟ๋๋ฌ4) ์ธ ๋๋ฆฌ๊ณ โ ํ ๋๋ฆฌ๊ณ
Translation practice 1. People eat lunch with colleagues and become close by talking to each other. 2. In Korea there is a general social order between the older persons and the younger persons. 3. You should take care of the subordinates to rest on holidays.
Section 2, Chapter 9 Reading comprehension questions 1. 1) ๋งํ 2) ์ ๊ต 3) ๋ฅ๋ ฅ์๋ค ๊ด๋ฆฌ 8) ์ธ๊ธฐ 2. 1) F 2) T 3) T 4) F 5) T
4) ์ ๊ต
3. 1) ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค 2) ๋ฏฟ์ ์ ์๋ค ๊ฒฝ 6) ๊ณต๊ณต ์ฅ์ 4. 1)-c) 2)-b) 3)-e) 4)-a) 5)-d)
5) ๊ฐ์ ์ 6) ๊ถ์์ 7)
3) ํ์ 4) ๊ท์ฌ์
5) ๋ฐฐ
5. 1) ์คํ๋ ค ๊ธฐ๋ถ ๋์๊ฒ ๋ฐ์๋ค์ผ ์ ์์ต๋๋ค. 2) ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ํํํ๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ผ๋ฐ์ ์ ๋๋ค. p.233
3) ์๋ฏผ๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ฐ๊น๊ฒ ๋ค๊ฐ๊ฐ๋ ค๋ ๋ ธ๋ ฅ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋์์ต๋๋ค.
Grammar practice problems
1. 1) ์ด์ํ ๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค 2) ํ๊ตญ์ ์์๊ณผ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋ฉด์ด ์์ด์ ์ ์ ํ๋ค 3) ๊ฐ๋ ์ ๊ต๋ฅผ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ ๋ฉด์ด ์์ด์ ์ฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ๊น์์ก๋ค 4) ์ ํฌ๊ฐ ๋งค๋ ฅ์ ์ธ ๋ฉด์ด ์์ด์ ๋จ์๋ค์๊ฒ ์ธ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ๋๋ค 2. 1) it has a meaning that is deep 2) it has a meaning that is good 3) (we) have a meaning to accept 4) it has a meaning of compliment 5) it has a meaning that it prefers 3. 1) ๊ทธ๋์ 2) ๋ฐ๋๋ก or ๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 5) ๋ฐ๋๋ก or ๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ
3) ๋ํ or ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
4) ๋ํ or ๊ทธ
4. 1) ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ธ ๋ฉด์ด ์๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ 2) ๋ค, ํ๊ตญ์ธ๋ค์ด ๊ท์ฌ์ด ๋ฉด์ ์ข ์ํ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ 3) ๋ํ 4) ๋ฐ๋ฉด์ 5. 1) ํ์์ ๋ฐ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ 2) ๊ธฐ๋ถ ๋์๊ฒ ๋๋ค
3) ๋ ธ๋ ฅ์ ํ
4) ์นญ์ฐฌ์ผ๋ก ์ผ
6. 1) ๋ค์ด ๋๊ฐ๋ โ ๋ค์ด ๊ฐ๋ 2) ์ด๋ฆฐ ์์ด์ด๋ โ ์ด๋ฆฐ ์์ด๋ ์์์ธ๋ค์ธ โ ์์์ธ๋ค์ด 4) ๋๋ก ํ์ง๋ฅผ โ ๋๋ก ํ์ง๊ฐ
Translation practice 1. In Korea even a cute cartoon mascot appears as a symbol of police. 2. The reason why women act charming is to express their feelings of interest to that man. 3. We could see cute emoji on the street signs of Korea.
3)
p.234
Grammar index
Grammar lessons in each chapter are organized by the Korean alphabetical order. ~๊ฑฐ๋ 197 ~๊ฒ 106 ~๊ฒ ๋\๋ค 131 ~๊ฒ ~ 78, 79 ~๊ณ ์๊ฐํ๋ค 105 ~๊ณ ์ถ๋ค 54, 55 ~๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์ 25 ~๊ธฐ ์ํด์ 184, 185 ~๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ๋ค 34 ~๊ป 35 ~๊ป์ 35 ~๋ 6 ~๋ ๊ฒ 144 ~๋๊น 43
~ใด๋ค/~๋๋ค 24 ~๋ค ๋ณด๋ 65, 66 ~๋ 157, 158 ~๋ ~๊ณ ~๋ ~๊ณ 129, 130 ~๋๋ก ํ๋ค 144, 145 ~๋๋ง๋ค 156 ~ใน๊น/~์๊น 43, 44 ~๋ผ๊ณ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ค 92, 93 ~๋ก 156, 157 ~๋ง๋ค 16 ~๋ฉด 15 ~๋ฉด์ 7, 26 ~๋ฉด์ด ์๋ค 209 ~๋ฏ๋ก 76, 77, 78, 130, 131 ๋งค~ 78 ~๋ฟ๋๋ฌ 197 ~๋ฟ๋ง์ด ์๋๋ค 170, 171 p.235
~์ ์๋ค 15 ~์๋ก 183 ~์ต๋๋ค/~ใ ๋๋ค 6
~์ํค๋ค 118, 119 ~์ด/~์ ๋ณด๋ค 16 ~์ด/~์ ์ง๋ค 65 ~์ด/~์์ผ์ง 44 ~์ด/~์ ์๋ค 91 ~์ด/~์์ผ ํ๋ค 183, 184 ~์ด์/~์์ 66, 143 ~์ ์์นํด ์๋ค 169 ~์ ์ํ๋ฉด 169, 170 ~์/~๋ 55, 56 ~์/~๋ ๋ป์ ๊ฐ์ง๊ณ ์๋ค 209 ~์๋ฐ/~ใด๋ฐ/~๋๋ฐ 117, 118 ~์ด/~ํ 107, 108 ~์๋๋๋ก 157 ~์ง๋ง 91 ~ํ๊ณ ๋ค๋ฅด๋ค 35 ~ํ๊ณ ๋น์ทํ๋ค 35 Multiple object construction 118 Sentential adverbs (ํนํ, ํ์ง๋ง, ๋) 54 Transitional phrases 210
p.236